projects / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
history | raw | HEAD
COFF: avoid modifications over C_FILE filename aux entries.
[binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-ppc.c
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
23 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
24 needs them. */
25 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
26
27 #include "sysdep.h"
28 #include <stdarg.h>
29 #include "bfd.h"
30 #include "bfdlink.h"
31 #include "libbfd.h"
32 #include "elf-bfd.h"
33 #include "elf/ppc.h"
34 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
35 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
36 #include "dwarf2.h"
37 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
38
39 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
40 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41
42 typedef enum split16_format_type
43 {
44 split16a_type = 0,
45 split16d_type
46 }
47 split16_format_type;
48
49 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
50
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
52 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
54 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
55
56 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
57 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
58 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
60 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
61 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
62
63 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
64 section. */
65 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
66
67 /* For old-style PLT. */
68 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
69 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
70
71 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
72 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
73 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 ((4*4 \
75 + (h != NULL \
76 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
77 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
78 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
79 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
80
81 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
82
83 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
84 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
85 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
86 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
87 {
88 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
89 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
90 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
91 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
92 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
93 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
94 0x60000000, /* nop */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
96 };
97 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
98 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
99 {
100 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
101 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
102 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
103 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
104 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
105 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
106 0x60000000, /* nop */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 };
109
110 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
111 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
112 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
113 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
114 {
115 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
116 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
117 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
118 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
119 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
120 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
121 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 };
124 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
125 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
126 {
127 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
128 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
129 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
130 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 };
136
137 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
138 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
139
140 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
144 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
145 a shared library. */
146 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
147
148 /* Some instructions. */
149 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
150 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
151 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
152 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
153 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
154 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
155 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
156 #define B 0x48000000
157 #define BA 0x48000002
158 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
159 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
160 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
161 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
162 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
163 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
164 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
165 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
166 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
167 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
168 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
169 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
170 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
171 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
172 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
173 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
174 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
175 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
176 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
177 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
178 #define NOP 0x60000000
179 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
180
181 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
182 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
183 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
184
185 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
186 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
187 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
188 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
190 \f
191 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
192 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
193 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
194 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
195 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
196 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
197 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
198 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
199 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
200 complain, special_func) \
201 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
202 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
203 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
204
205 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
206
207 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
208 /* This reloc does nothing. */
209 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
210 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
211
212 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
213 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
214 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
215
216 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
217 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
218 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
219 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
220
221 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
222 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
223 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
224
225 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
226 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
227 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
228
229 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
230 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
231 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
232
233 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
234 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
235 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
236 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
237
238 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
239 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
240 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
241 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
242
243 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
244 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
245 bits must be zero. */
246 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
247 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
248
249 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
250 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
251 two bits must be zero. */
252 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
253 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
254
255 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
256 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
257 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
258
259 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
260 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
261 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
262
263 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
264 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
265 zero. */
266 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
267 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
268
269 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
270 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
271 be zero. */
272 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
273 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
274
275 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
276 symbol. */
277 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
278 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
279
280 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
281 the symbol. */
282 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
283 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
284
285 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
286 the symbol. */
287 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
288 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
289
290 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
291 the symbol. */
292 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
293 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
294
295 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
296 entry for the symbol. */
297 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
298 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
299
300 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
301 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
302 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
303 shared library into the object, because the object being
304 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
305 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
306 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
307
308 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
309 entries. */
310 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
311 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
312
313 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
314 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
315 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
316
317 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
318 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
319 addend. */
320 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
322
323 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
324 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
326 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
327 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
328
329 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
330 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
331 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
332
333 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
334 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
335 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
336
337 /* 32-bit PC relative */
338 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont,
339 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
340
341 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
342 FIXME: not supported. */
343 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
344 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
345
346 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
347 FIXME: not supported. */
348 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, true, dont,
349 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
350
351 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
352 the symbol. */
353 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
354 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
355
356 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
357 the symbol. */
358 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
359 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
360
361 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
362 the symbol. */
363 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
364 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
365
366 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
367 small data items. */
368 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
369 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
370
371 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
372 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
373 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
374
375 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
376 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
377 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
378
379 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
380 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
381 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
382
383 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
384 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
385 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
386
387 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
388 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
389 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
390
391 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
392 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
393
394 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
395 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
396
397 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
398 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
399 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
400
401 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
402 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
403
404 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
405 definition of its TLS sym. */
406 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
407 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
408
409 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
410 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
411 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
412 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
413 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
414
415 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
416 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
417 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
418
419 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
420 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
421 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
422
423 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
424 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
425 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
426
427 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
428 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
429 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
430
431 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
432 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
433 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
434 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
435
436 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
437 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
438 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
439
440 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
441 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
442 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
443
444 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
445 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
446 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
447
448 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
449 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
450 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
451
452 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
453 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
454 to the first entry. */
455 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
456 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
457
458 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
459 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
460 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
461
462 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
463 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
464 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
465
466 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
467 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
468 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
469
470 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
471 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
472 first entry. */
473 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
474 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
475
476 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
477 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
478 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
479
480 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
481 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
482 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
483
484 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
485 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
486 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
487
488 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
489 the offset to the entry. */
490 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
491 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
492
493 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
494 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
495 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
496
497 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
498 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
499 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
500
501 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
502 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
503 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
504
505 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
506 offset to the entry. */
507 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
508 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
509
510 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
511 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
512 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
513
514 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
515 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
516 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
517
518 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
519 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
520 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
521
522 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
523 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
524
525 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
526 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
527 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
528
529 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
530 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
531 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
532
533 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
534 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
535 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
536
537 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
538 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
539 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
540
541 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
542 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
543 is negative. */
544 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
545 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
546
547 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
548 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
549 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
550 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
551 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
552
553 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
554 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
555 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
556 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
557 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
558
559 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
560 small data items. */
561 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
562 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
563
564 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
565 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
566 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
567 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
568 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
569
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
576
577 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
578 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
579 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
580 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
581 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
582
583 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
584 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
586
587 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
588 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
589 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
590
591 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
592 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
593 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
594
595 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
596 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
597 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
598
599 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
600 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
601 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
602
603 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
604 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
605 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
606
607 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
608 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
609 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
610
611 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
612 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
613 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
614
615 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
616 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
617 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
618
619 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
620 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
621 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
622 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
623 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
624
625 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
626 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
627 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
628
629 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
630 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
631 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
632
633 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
634 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
635 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
636
637 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
638 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
639 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
640
641 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
642 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
643 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
644
645 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
646 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
647 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
648
649 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
650 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
651 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
652
653 /* e_li split20 format. */
654 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont,
655 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
656
657 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
658 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
659
660 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
661 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
662 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
663
664 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
665 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont,
666 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
667
668 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
669 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
670 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
671
672 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
673 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
674 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
675 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
676
677 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
678 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
679 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
680
681 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
682 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
683 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
684
685 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
686 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
687 NULL),
688
689 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
690 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
691 NULL),
692
693 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
694 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
695 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
696 };
697 \f
698 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699
700 static void
701 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
702 {
703 unsigned int i, type;
704
705 for (i = 0;
706 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
707 i++)
708 {
709 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
710 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
711 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
712 abort ();
713 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
714 }
715 }
716
717 static reloc_howto_type *
718 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
719 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
720 {
721 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
722
723 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
724 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
725 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
726
727 switch (code)
728 {
729 default:
730 return NULL;
731
732 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
736 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
738 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
749 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
751 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
762 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
767 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
769 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
837 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
838 break;
839 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
840 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
841 break;
842 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
843 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
844 break;
845 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
846 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
847 break;
848 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
849 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
850 break;
851 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
852 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
853 break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
862 }
863
864 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
865 };
866
867 static reloc_howto_type *
868 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
869 const char *r_name)
870 {
871 unsigned int i;
872
873 for (i = 0;
874 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
875 i++)
876 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
877 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
878 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
879
880 return NULL;
881 }
882
883 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884
885 static bool
886 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
887 arelent *cache_ptr,
888 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
889 {
890 unsigned int r_type;
891
892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
895
896 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
897 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
898 {
899 /* xgettext:c-format */
900 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
901 abfd, r_type);
902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
903 return false;
904 }
905
906 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
907
908 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
909 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
910 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
911 {
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
914 abfd, r_type);
915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
916
917 return false;
918 }
919
920 return true;
921 }
922
923 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
924
925 static bfd_reloc_status_type
926 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
927 arelent *reloc_entry,
928 asymbol *symbol,
929 void *data,
930 asection *input_section,
931 bfd *output_bfd,
932 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
933 {
934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
935 long insn;
936 bfd_size_type octets;
937 bfd_vma value;
938
939 if (output_bfd != NULL)
940 {
941 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
942 return bfd_reloc_ok;
943 }
944
945 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
946 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
947 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
948 return bfd_reloc_continue;
949
950 value = 0;
951 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
952 value = symbol->value;
953 value += (reloc_entry->addend
954 + symbol->section->output_offset
955 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
956 value -= (reloc_entry->address
957 + input_section->output_offset
958 + input_section->output_section->vma);
959 value >>= 16;
960
961 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
962 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry->howto, abfd,
963 input_section, octets))
964 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
965
966 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
968 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
969 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
970 return bfd_reloc_ok;
971 }
972
973 static bfd_reloc_status_type
974 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
975 arelent *reloc_entry,
976 asymbol *symbol,
977 void *data,
978 asection *input_section,
979 bfd *output_bfd,
980 char **error_message)
981 {
982 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
983 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
984 link time. */
985 if (output_bfd != NULL)
986 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
987 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
988
989 if (error_message != NULL)
990 {
991 static char *message;
992 free (message);
993 if (asprintf (&message, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
994 reloc_entry->howto->name) < 0)
995 message = NULL;
996 *error_message = message;
997 }
998 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
999 }
1000 \f
1001 /* Sections created by the linker. */
1002
1003 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1004 {
1005 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1006 asection *section;
1007 /* Section name. */
1008 const char *name;
1009 /* Associated bss section name. */
1010 const char *bss_name;
1011 /* Associated symbol name. */
1012 const char *sym_name;
1013 /* Associated symbol. */
1014 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1015 } elf_linker_section_t;
1016
1017 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1018 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1019 based on different addend's. */
1020
1021 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1022 {
1023 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1024 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1025 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1026 bfd_vma offset;
1027 /* addend used */
1028 bfd_vma addend;
1029 /* which linker section this is */
1030 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1031 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1032
1033 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1034 {
1035 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1036
1037 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1038 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1039 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1040
1041 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1042 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1043 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1044 };
1045
1046 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1047 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1048
1049 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1050 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1051
1052 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1053 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1054 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1055
1056 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1057
1058 static bool
1059 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1060 {
1061 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1062 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1063 }
1064
1065 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1066
1067 bool
1068 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1069 {
1070 unsigned long mach = 0;
1071 asection *s;
1072 unsigned char *contents;
1073
1074 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1075 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1076 {
1077
1078 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1079 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1080 break;
1081 if (s != NULL)
1082 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1083 }
1084
1085 if (mach == 0)
1086 {
1087 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1088 if (s != NULL
1089 && s->size >= 24
1090 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1091 {
1092 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1093 unsigned int i;
1094
1095 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1096 {
1097 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1098 switch (val >> 16)
1099 {
1100 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1102 if (mach == 0)
1103 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1104 break;
1105
1106 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1108 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1109 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1110 break;
1111
1112 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1113 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1115 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1116 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1117 break;
1118
1119 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1120 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1121 break;
1122
1123 default:
1124 mach = -1ul;
1125 }
1126 }
1127 free (contents);
1128 }
1129 }
1130
1131 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1132 {
1133 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1134
1135 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1136 if (arch->mach == mach)
1137 {
1138 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1139 break;
1140 }
1141 }
1142 return true;
1143 }
1144
1145 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1146 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1147
1148 static bool
1149 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1150 {
1151 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1152 return true;
1153
1154 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1155 {
1156 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1157
1158 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1159 {
1160 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1161 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1162 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1163 }
1164 }
1165 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1166 }
1167
1168 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1169
1170 static bool
1171 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1172 {
1173 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1174 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1175
1176 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1177 elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
1178 return true;
1179 }
1180
1181 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1182
1183 static bool
1184 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1185 {
1186 int offset;
1187 unsigned int size;
1188
1189 switch (note->descsz)
1190 {
1191 default:
1192 return false;
1193
1194 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1195 /* pr_cursig */
1196 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1197
1198 /* pr_pid */
1199 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1200
1201 /* pr_reg */
1202 offset = 72;
1203 size = 192;
1204
1205 break;
1206 }
1207
1208 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1209 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1210 size, note->descpos + offset);
1211 }
1212
1213 static bool
1214 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1215 {
1216 switch (note->descsz)
1217 {
1218 default:
1219 return false;
1220
1221 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1222 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1223 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1224 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1225 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1226 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1227 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1228 }
1229
1230 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1231 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1232 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1233
1234 {
1235 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1236 int n = strlen (command);
1237
1238 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1239 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1240 }
1241
1242 return true;
1243 }
1244
1245 static char *
1246 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1247 {
1248 switch (note_type)
1249 {
1250 default:
1251 return NULL;
1252
1253 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1254 {
1255 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1256 va_list ap;
1257
1258 va_start (ap, note_type);
1259 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1260 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1261 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1263 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1264 -Wstringop-truncation:
1265 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1266 */
1267 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1268 #endif
1269 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1270 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1271 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1272 #endif
1273 va_end (ap);
1274 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1275 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1276 }
1277
1278 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1279 {
1280 char data[268];
1281 va_list ap;
1282 long pid;
1283 int cursig;
1284 const void *greg;
1285
1286 va_start (ap, note_type);
1287 memset (data, 0, 72);
1288 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1289 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1290 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1291 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1292 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1293 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1294 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1295 va_end (ap);
1296 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1297 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1298 }
1299 }
1300 }
1301
1302 static flagword
1303 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1304 {
1305
1306 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1308
1309 return 0;
1310 }
1311
1312 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1313 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1314
1315 static bfd_vma
1316 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1317 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1318 const arelent *rel)
1319 {
1320 return rel->address;
1321 }
1322
1323 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1324 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1325 type. */
1326
1327 static bool
1328 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1329 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1330 const char *name,
1331 int shindex)
1332 {
1333 asection *newsect;
1334 flagword flags;
1335
1336 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1337 return false;
1338
1339 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1340 flags = 0;
1341 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1342 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1343
1344 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1345 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1346
1347 if (startswith (name, ".PPC.EMB"))
1348 name += 8;
1349 if (startswith (name, ".sbss")
1350 || startswith (name, ".sdata"))
1351 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1352
1353 return (flags == 0
1354 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1355 }
1356
1357 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1358
1359 static bool
1360 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1361 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1362 asection *asect)
1363 {
1364 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1365 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1366
1367 return true;
1368 }
1369
1370 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1371 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1372
1373 static int
1374 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1375 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1376 {
1377 asection *s;
1378 int ret = 0;
1379
1380 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1381 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1382 ++ret;
1383
1384 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1385 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1386 ++ret;
1387
1388 return ret;
1389 }
1390
1391 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1392
1393 bool
1394 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1395 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1396 {
1397 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1398
1399 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1400 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1401 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1402 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1403 We maintain the original output section order. */
1404
1405 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1406 {
1407 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1408 size_t amt;
1409 unsigned int j, k;
1410 unsigned int p_flags;
1411
1412 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1413 continue;
1414
1415 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1416 {
1417 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1418 p_flags |= PF_W;
1419 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1420 {
1421 p_flags |= PF_X;
1422 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1423 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1424 break;
1425 }
1426 }
1427 if (j != m->count)
1428 while (++j != m->count)
1429 {
1430 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1431
1432 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1433 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1434 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1435 {
1436 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1437 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1438 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1439 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1440 break;
1441 }
1442 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1443 }
1444 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1445 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1446 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1447 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1448 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1449 {
1450 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1451 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1452 }
1453 if (j == m->count)
1454 continue;
1455
1456 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1457 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1458 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1459
1460 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1461 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1462 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1463 if (n == NULL)
1464 return false;
1465
1466 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1467 n->count = m->count - j;
1468 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1469 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1470 m->count = j;
1471 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1472 n->next = m->next;
1473 m->next = n;
1474 }
1475
1476 return true;
1477 }
1478
1479 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1480 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1481 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1482 2 sections. */
1483
1484 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1485 {
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1490 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1491 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1492 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1493 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1494 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1495 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1496 };
1497
1498 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1499 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1500 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1501
1502 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
1503 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1504 {
1505 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1506
1507 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1508 if (sec->name == NULL)
1509 return NULL;
1510
1511 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1512 sec->use_rela_p);
1513 if (ssect != NULL)
1514 {
1515 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1516 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1517 return ssect;
1518 }
1519
1520 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1521 }
1522 \f
1523 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1524 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1525 {
1526 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1527 unsigned long value;
1528 }
1529 apuinfo_list;
1530
1531 static apuinfo_list *head;
1532 static bool apuinfo_set;
1533
1534 static void
1535 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1536 {
1537 head = NULL;
1538 apuinfo_set = false;
1539 }
1540
1541 static void
1542 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1543 {
1544 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1545
1546 while (entry != NULL)
1547 {
1548 if (entry->value == value)
1549 return;
1550 entry = entry->next;
1551 }
1552
1553 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1554 if (entry == NULL)
1555 return;
1556
1557 entry->value = value;
1558 entry->next = head;
1559 head = entry;
1560 }
1561
1562 static unsigned
1563 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1564 {
1565 apuinfo_list *entry;
1566 unsigned long count;
1567
1568 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1569 entry;
1570 entry = entry->next)
1571 ++ count;
1572
1573 return count;
1574 }
1575
1576 static inline unsigned long
1577 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1578 {
1579 apuinfo_list * entry;
1580
1581 for (entry = head;
1582 entry && number --;
1583 entry = entry->next)
1584 ;
1585
1586 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1587 }
1588
1589 static void
1590 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1591 {
1592 apuinfo_list *entry;
1593
1594 for (entry = head; entry;)
1595 {
1596 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1597 free (entry);
1598 entry = next;
1599 }
1600
1601 head = NULL;
1602 }
1603
1604 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1605 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1606
1607 static void
1608 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1609 {
1610 bfd *ibfd;
1611 asection *asec;
1612 char *buffer = NULL;
1613 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1614 unsigned i;
1615 unsigned long length;
1616 const char *error_message = NULL;
1617
1618 if (link_info == NULL)
1619 return;
1620
1621 apuinfo_list_init ();
1622
1623 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1624 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1625 {
1626 unsigned long datum;
1627
1628 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1629 if (asec == NULL)
1630 continue;
1631
1632 /* xgettext:c-format */
1633 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1634 length = asec->size;
1635 if (length < 20)
1636 goto fail;
1637
1638 apuinfo_set = true;
1639 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1640 {
1641 free (buffer);
1642 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1643 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1644 if (!buffer)
1645 return;
1646 }
1647
1648 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1649 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1650 {
1651 /* xgettext:c-format */
1652 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1653 goto fail;
1654 }
1655
1656 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1657 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1658 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1659 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1660 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1661 goto fail;
1662
1663 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1664 if (datum != 0x2)
1665 goto fail;
1666
1667 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1668 goto fail;
1669
1670 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1671 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1672 if (datum + 20 != length)
1673 goto fail;
1674
1675 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1676 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1677 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1678 }
1679
1680 error_message = NULL;
1681
1682 if (apuinfo_set)
1683 {
1684 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1685 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1686
1687 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1688 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1689
1690 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1691 {
1692 ibfd = abfd;
1693 /* xgettext:c-format */
1694 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1695 }
1696 }
1697
1698 fail:
1699 free (buffer);
1700
1701 if (error_message)
1702 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1703 }
1704
1705 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1706 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1707
1708 static bool
1709 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1710 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1711 asection *asec,
1712 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1713 {
1714 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1715 }
1716
1717 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1718
1719 static void
1720 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1721 {
1722 bfd_byte *buffer;
1723 asection *asec;
1724 unsigned i;
1725 unsigned num_entries;
1726 bfd_size_type length;
1727
1728 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1729 if (asec == NULL)
1730 return;
1731
1732 if (!apuinfo_set)
1733 return;
1734
1735 length = asec->size;
1736 if (length < 20)
1737 return;
1738
1739 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1740 if (buffer == NULL)
1741 {
1742 _bfd_error_handler
1743 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1744 return;
1745 }
1746
1747 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1748 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1749 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1750 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1751 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1752 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1753
1754 length = 20;
1755 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1756 {
1757 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1758 length += 4;
1759 }
1760
1761 if (length != asec->size)
1762 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1763
1764 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1765 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1766
1767 free (buffer);
1768
1769 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1770 }
1771
1772 static bool
1773 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1774 {
1775 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1776 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1777 }
1778 \f
1779 static bool
1780 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1781 {
1782 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1783
1784 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1785 return false;
1786
1787 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1788 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1789 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1790 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1791 }
1792
1793 static bool
1794 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1795 {
1796 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1797 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1798 && section->vma <= vma
1799 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1800 }
1801
1802 static long
1803 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1804 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1805 asymbol **ret)
1806 {
1807 bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool);
1808 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1809 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1810 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1811 bfd_vma stub_off;
1812 asymbol *s;
1813 arelent *p;
1814 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1815 size_t size;
1816 char *names;
1817 bfd_byte buf[4];
1818
1819 *ret = NULL;
1820
1821 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1822 return 0;
1823
1824 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1825 return 0;
1826
1827 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1828 if (relplt == NULL)
1829 return 0;
1830
1831 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1832 if (plt == NULL)
1833 return 0;
1834
1835 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1836 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1837 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1838 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1839
1840 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1841 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1842 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1843 if (dynamic != NULL)
1844 {
1845 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1846 size_t extdynsize;
1847 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1848
1849 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1850 return -1;
1851
1852 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1853 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1854
1855 extdyn = dynbuf;
1856 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
1857 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1858 {
1859 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1860 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1861
1862 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1863 break;
1864
1865 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1866 {
1867 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1868 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1869 if (got != NULL
1870 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1871 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1872 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1873 break;
1874 }
1875 }
1876 free (dynbuf);
1877 }
1878
1879 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1880 if (glink_vma == 0)
1881 {
1882 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1883 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1884 }
1885
1886 if (glink_vma == 0)
1887 return 0;
1888
1889 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1890 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1891 glink stubs now reside. */
1892 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1893 if (glink == NULL)
1894 return 0;
1895
1896 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1897 from the first glink stub. */
1898 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1899 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1900 {
1901 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1902
1903 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1904 insn ^= B;
1905 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1906 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1907
1908 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1909 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1910 for (i = 4;
1911 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1912 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1913 i += 4)
1914 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1915 {
1916 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1917 break;
1918 }
1919 }
1920
1921 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
1922 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1923 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1924 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1925 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1926 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1927 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1928 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1929 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1930 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1931 break;
1932 if (stub_delta > 32)
1933 return 0;
1934
1935 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1936 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, true))
1937 return -1;
1938
1939 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1940 p = relplt->relocation;
1941 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1942 {
1943 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1944 if (p->addend != 0)
1945 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1946 }
1947
1948 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1949
1950 if (resolv_vma)
1951 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1952
1953 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1954 if (s == NULL)
1955 return -1;
1956
1957 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1958 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1959 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1960 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1961 {
1962 size_t len;
1963
1964 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1965 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1966 stub_off -= 32;
1967 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1968 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1969 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1970 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1971 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1972 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1973 s->section = glink;
1974 s->value = stub_off;
1975 s->name = names;
1976 s->udata.p = NULL;
1977 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1978 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1979 names += len;
1980 if (p->addend != 0)
1981 {
1982 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1983 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1984 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1985 names += strlen (names);
1986 }
1987 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1988 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1989 ++s;
1990 --p;
1991 }
1992
1993 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1994 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1995 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1996 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1997 s->section = glink;
1998 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1999 s->name = names;
2000 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
2001 names += sizeof ("__glink");
2002 s++;
2003 count++;
2004
2005 if (resolv_vma)
2006 {
2007 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2008 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2009 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2010 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2011 s->section = glink;
2012 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2013 s->name = names;
2014 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2015 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2016 s++;
2017 count++;
2018 }
2019
2020 return count;
2021 }
2022 \f
2023 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2024 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2025 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2026 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2027 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2028 called. */
2029
2030 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2031 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2032 struct plt_entry
2033 {
2034 struct plt_entry *next;
2035
2036 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2037 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2038 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2039 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2040 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2041 bfd_vma addend;
2042
2043 /* The .got2 section. */
2044 asection *sec;
2045
2046 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2047 union
2048 {
2049 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2050 bfd_vma offset;
2051 } plt;
2052
2053 /* .glink stub offset. */
2054 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2055 };
2056
2057 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2058 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2059 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2060
2061 static int
2062 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2063 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2064 {
2065 switch (r_type)
2066 {
2067 default:
2068 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2069 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2070 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2071 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2072 return 1;
2073
2074 case R_PPC_REL24:
2075 case R_PPC_REL14:
2076 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2077 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2078 case R_PPC_REL32:
2079 return 0;
2080
2081 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2082 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2083 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2084 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2085 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2086 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2087 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2088 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2089 }
2090 }
2091
2092 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2093 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2094 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2095 shared lib. */
2096 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2097
2098 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2099 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2100 {
2101 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2102
2103 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2104 asection *sec;
2105
2106 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2107 unsigned int count : 31;
2108
2109 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2110 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2111 };
2112
2113 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2114
2115 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2116 {
2117 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2118
2119 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2120 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2121 from the beginning of the section. */
2122 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2123
2124 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2125 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2126 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2127 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2128 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2129 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2130 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2131 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2132 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2133 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2134 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2135 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2136 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2137 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2138 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2139 unsigned char tls_mask;
2140
2141 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2142 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2143 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2144 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2145 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2146
2147 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2148 symbol. */
2149 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2150
2151 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2152 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2153 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2154 };
2155
2156 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2157
2158 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2159
2160 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2161 {
2162 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2163
2164 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2165 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2166
2167 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2168 asection *glink;
2169 asection *dynsbss;
2170 asection *relsbss;
2171 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2172 asection *sbss;
2173 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2174 asection *pltlocal;
2175 asection *relpltlocal;
2176
2177 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2178 asection *srelplt2;
2179
2180 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2181 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2182
2183 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2184 bfd *old_bfd;
2185
2186 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2187 union {
2188 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2189 bfd_vma offset;
2190 } tlsld_got;
2191
2192 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2193 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2194
2195 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2196 unsigned int got_header_size;
2197 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2198 unsigned int got_gap;
2199
2200 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2201 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2202
2203 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2204 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2205 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2206 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2207
2208 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2209 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2210
2211 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2212 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2213
2214 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2215 int plt_entry_size;
2216 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2217 int plt_slot_size;
2218 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2219 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2220 };
2221
2222 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2223 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2224
2225 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2226 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2227
2228 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2229 relocs. */
2230 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2231
2232 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2233 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2234
2235 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2236
2237 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2238 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2239 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2240 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2241
2242 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2243
2244 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2245 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2246 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2247 const char *string)
2248 {
2249 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2250 subclass. */
2251 if (entry == NULL)
2252 {
2253 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2254 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2255 if (entry == NULL)
2256 return entry;
2257 }
2258
2259 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2260 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2261 if (entry != NULL)
2262 {
2263 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2264 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2266 }
2267
2268 return entry;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2272
2273 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2275 {
2276 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2277 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2278 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2279
2280 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2281 if (ret == NULL)
2282 return NULL;
2283
2284 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2285 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2286 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2287 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2288 {
2289 free (ret);
2290 return NULL;
2291 }
2292
2293 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2294 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2295 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2296 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2297
2298 ret->params = &default_params;
2299
2300 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2301 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2302 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2303
2304 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2305 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2306 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2307
2308 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2309 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2310 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2311
2312 return &ret->elf.root;
2313 }
2314
2315 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2316
2317 void
2318 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2319 {
2320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2321
2322 if (htab)
2323 htab->params = params;
2324 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2325 }
2326
2327 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2328
2329 static bool
2330 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2331 {
2332 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2333
2334 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2335 return false;
2336
2337 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2338 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2339 {
2340 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2341 executable. */
2342 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2343 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2344 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2345 return false;
2346 }
2347
2348 return true;
2349 }
2350
2351 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2352 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2353 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2354
2355 static bool
2356 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2357 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2358 flagword flags,
2359 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2360 {
2361 asection *s;
2362
2363 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2364 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2365
2366 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2367 if (s == NULL)
2368 return false;
2369 lsect->section = s;
2370
2371 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2372 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2373
2374 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2375 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2376 return false;
2377 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2378 return true;
2379 }
2380
2381 static bool
2382 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2383 {
2384 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2385 asection *s;
2386 flagword flags;
2387 int p2align;
2388
2389 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2390 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2391 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2392 htab->glink = s;
2393 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2394 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2395 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2396 if (s == NULL
2397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2398 return false;
2399
2400 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2401 {
2402 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2403 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2404 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2405 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2406 if (s == NULL
2407 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2408 return false;
2409 }
2410
2411 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2412 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2413 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2414 if (s == NULL
2415 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2416 return false;
2417
2418 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2419 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2420 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2421 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2422 if (s == NULL
2423 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2424 return false;
2425
2426 /* Local plt entries. */
2427 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2428 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2429 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2430 flags);
2431 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2432 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2433 return false;
2434
2435 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2436 {
2437 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2438 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2439 htab->relpltlocal
2440 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2441 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2442 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2443 return false;
2444 }
2445
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2447 &htab->sdata[0]))
2448 return false;
2449
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2451 &htab->sdata[1]))
2452 return false;
2453
2454 return true;
2455 }
2456
2457 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2458 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2459 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2460
2461 static bool
2462 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2463 {
2464 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2465 asection *s;
2466 flagword flags;
2467
2468 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2469
2470 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2471 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2472 return false;
2473
2474 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2475 return false;
2476
2477 if (htab->glink == NULL
2478 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2479 return false;
2480
2481 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2482 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2483 htab->dynsbss = s;
2484 if (s == NULL)
2485 return false;
2486
2487 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2488 {
2489 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2490 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2491 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2492 htab->relsbss = s;
2493 if (s == NULL
2494 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2495 return false;
2496 }
2497
2498 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
2499 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2500 return false;
2501
2502 s = htab->elf.splt;
2503 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2504 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2505 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2506 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2507 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2508 }
2509
2510 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2511
2512 static void
2513 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2515 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2516 {
2517 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2518
2519 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2520 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2521
2522 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2523 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2524
2525 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2526 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2527 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2528 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2529 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2530 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2531 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2532
2533 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2534 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2535 return;
2536
2537 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2538 {
2539 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2540 {
2541 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2543
2544 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2545 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2546 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2547 {
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2549
2550 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2551 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2552 {
2553 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2554 q->count += p->count;
2555 *pp = p->next;
2556 break;
2557 }
2558 if (q == NULL)
2559 pp = &p->next;
2560 }
2561 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs;
2562 }
2563
2564 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs;
2565 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2566 }
2567
2568 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2569 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2570 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2571 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2572
2573 /* And plt entries. */
2574 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2575 {
2576 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2577 {
2578 struct plt_entry **entp;
2579 struct plt_entry *ent;
2580
2581 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2582 {
2583 struct plt_entry *dent;
2584
2585 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2586 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2587 {
2588 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2589 *entp = ent->next;
2590 break;
2591 }
2592 if (dent == NULL)
2593 entp = &ent->next;
2594 }
2595 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2596 }
2597
2598 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2599 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2600 }
2601
2602 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2603 {
2604 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2605 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2606 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2607 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2608 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2609 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2610 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2611 }
2612 }
2613
2614 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2615 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2616
2617 static bool
2618 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2619 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2620 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2621 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2622 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2623 asection **secp,
2624 bfd_vma *valp)
2625 {
2626 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2627 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2628 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2629 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2630 {
2631 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2632 put into .sbss. */
2633 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2634
2635 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2636 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2637 {
2638 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2639
2640 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2641 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2642
2643 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2644 ".sbss",
2645 flags);
2646 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2647 return false;
2648 }
2649
2650 *secp = htab->sbss;
2651 *valp = sym->st_size;
2652 }
2653
2654 return true;
2655 }
2656 \f
2657 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2658
2659 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
2660 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2661 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2662 bfd_vma addend,
2663 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2664 {
2665 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2666 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2667 return linker_pointers;
2668
2669 return NULL;
2670 }
2671
2672 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2673
2674 static bool
2675 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2676 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2677 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2678 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2679 {
2680 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2681 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2682 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2683 bfd_size_type amt;
2684
2685 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2686
2687 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2688 if (h != NULL)
2689 {
2690 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2691
2692 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2693 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2694 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2695 rel->r_addend,
2696 lsect))
2697 return true;
2698
2699 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2700 }
2701 else
2702 {
2703 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2704
2705 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2706 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2707
2708 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2709 if (!ptr)
2710 {
2711 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2712
2713 amt = num_symbols;
2714 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2715 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2716
2717 if (!ptr)
2718 return false;
2719
2720 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2721 }
2722
2723 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2724 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2725 rel->r_addend,
2726 lsect))
2727 return true;
2728
2729 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2730 }
2731
2732 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2733 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2734 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2735 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2736 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2737
2738 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2739 return false;
2740
2741 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2742 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2743 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2744 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2745
2746 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2747 return false;
2748 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2749 lsect->section->size += 4;
2750
2751 #ifdef DEBUG
2752 fprintf (stderr,
2753 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2754 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2755 (long) lsect->section->size);
2756 #endif
2757
2758 return true;
2759 }
2760
2761 static struct plt_entry **
2762 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2763 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2764 unsigned long r_symndx,
2765 int tls_type)
2766 {
2767 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2768 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2769 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2770
2771 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2772 {
2773 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2774
2775 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2776 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2777 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2778 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2779 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2780 return NULL;
2781 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2782 }
2783
2784 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2785 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2786 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2787 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2788 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2789 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2790 }
2791
2792 static bool
2793 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2794 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2795 {
2796 struct plt_entry *ent;
2797
2798 if (addend < 32768)
2799 sec = NULL;
2800 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2801 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2802 break;
2803 if (ent == NULL)
2804 {
2805 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2806 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2807 if (ent == NULL)
2808 return false;
2809 ent->next = *plist;
2810 ent->sec = sec;
2811 ent->addend = addend;
2812 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2813 *plist = ent;
2814 }
2815 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2816 return true;
2817 }
2818
2819 static struct plt_entry *
2820 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2821 {
2822 struct plt_entry *ent;
2823
2824 if (addend < 32768)
2825 sec = NULL;
2826 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2827 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2828 break;
2829 return ent;
2830 }
2831
2832 static bool
2833 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2834 {
2835 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2836 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2837 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2838 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2839 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2842 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2843 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2846 }
2847
2848 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2849
2850 static bool
2851 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2852 {
2853 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2854 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2855 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2856 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2857 }
2858
2859 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
2860 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
2861
2862 static bool
2863 offset_in_range (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, size_t size)
2864 {
2865 return offset <= sec->size && size <= sec->size - offset;
2866 }
2867
2868 static void
2869 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2870 {
2871 _bfd_error_handler
2872 /* xgettext:c-format */
2873 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2874 abfd,
2875 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2877 }
2878
2879 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2880 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2881 table. */
2882
2883 static bool
2884 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2885 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2886 asection *sec,
2887 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2888 {
2889 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2890 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2891 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2892 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2893 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2894 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2895 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2896
2897 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2898 return true;
2899
2900 #ifdef DEBUG
2901 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2902 sec, abfd);
2903 #endif
2904
2905 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2906
2907 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2908 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2909 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2910
2911 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2912 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2913 {
2914 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2915 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2916 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2917 return false;
2918 }
2919 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2920 false, false, true);
2921 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2922 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2923 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2924 sreloc = NULL;
2925
2926 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2927 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2928 {
2929 unsigned long r_symndx;
2930 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2931 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2932 int tls_type;
2933 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2934 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2935 bfd_vma addend;
2936
2937 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2938 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2939 h = NULL;
2940 else
2941 {
2942 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2943 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2944 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2945 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2946 }
2947
2948 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2949 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2950 startup code. */
2951 if (h != NULL
2952 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2953 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2954 {
2955 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2956 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2957 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2958 return false;
2959 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2960 }
2961
2962 tls_type = 0;
2963 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2964 ifunc = NULL;
2965 if (h == NULL && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2966 {
2967 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache,
2968 abfd, r_symndx);
2969 if (isym == NULL)
2970 return false;
2971
2972 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2973 {
2974 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2975 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2976 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2977 if (ifunc == NULL)
2978 return false;
2979
2980 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2981 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2982 no plt calls. */
2983 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2984 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2985 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2986 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2987 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2988 {
2989 addend = 0;
2990 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
2991 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
2992 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2993 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2994 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2995 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2996 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
2997 addend = rel->r_addend;
2998 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
2999 return false;
3000 }
3001 }
3002 }
3003
3004 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
3005 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3006 && h != NULL
3007 && h == tga)
3008 {
3009 if (rel != relocs
3010 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3011 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3012 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3013 reloc. */
3014 ;
3015 else
3016 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3017 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3018 }
3019
3020 switch (r_type)
3021 {
3022 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3023 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3024 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3025 its parameter symbol. */
3026 if (h != NULL)
3027 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3028 else
3029 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3030 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3031 return false;
3032 break;
3033
3034 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3035 break;
3036
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3041 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3042 goto dogottls;
3043
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3048 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3049 goto dogottls;
3050
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3054 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3055 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3056 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3057 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3058 goto dogottls;
3059
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3061 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3062 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3063 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3064 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3065 dogottls:
3066 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3067 /* Fall through. */
3068
3069 /* GOT16 relocations */
3070 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3071 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3072 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3073 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3074 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3075 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3076 {
3077 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3078 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3079 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3080 return false;
3081 }
3082 if (h != NULL)
3083 {
3084 h->got.refcount += 1;
3085 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3086 }
3087 else
3088 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3089 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3090 return false;
3091
3092 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3093 an ifunc. */
3094 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3095 {
3096 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3097 return false;
3098 }
3099 break;
3100
3101 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3102 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3103 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3104 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3105 h, rel))
3106 return false;
3107 if (h != NULL)
3108 {
3109 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3110 h->non_got_ref = true;
3111 }
3112 break;
3113
3114 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3115 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3116 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3117 {
3118 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3119 return false;
3120 }
3121 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3122 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3123 h, rel))
3124 return false;
3125 if (h != NULL)
3126 {
3127 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3128 h->non_got_ref = true;
3129 }
3130 break;
3131
3132 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3133 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3134 /* Fall through. */
3135
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3142 if (h != NULL)
3143 {
3144 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3145 h->non_got_ref = true;
3146 }
3147 break;
3148
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3159 break;
3160
3161 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3162 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3163 {
3164 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3165 return false;
3166 }
3167 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3168 if (h != NULL)
3169 {
3170 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3171 h->non_got_ref = true;
3172 }
3173 break;
3174
3175 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3176 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3177 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3178 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3179 if (h != NULL)
3180 {
3181 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3182 h->non_got_ref = true;
3183 }
3184 break;
3185
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3188 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3189 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3191 if (h != NULL)
3192 h->non_got_ref = true;
3193 break;
3194
3195 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3196 if (h == NULL)
3197 break;
3198 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3199 goto pltentry;
3200
3201 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3202 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3203 /* Fall through. */
3204
3205 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3206 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3207 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3208 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3209 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3210 pltentry:
3211 #ifdef DEBUG
3212 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3213 #endif
3214 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3215 if (h == NULL)
3216 {
3217 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3218 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3219 if (pltent == NULL)
3220 return false;
3221 }
3222 else
3223 {
3224 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3225 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3226 h->needs_plt = 1;
3227 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3228 }
3229 addend = 0;
3230 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3231 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3232 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3233 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3234 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3235 addend = rel->r_addend;
3236 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3237 return false;
3238 break;
3239
3240 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3241 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3242 section relative. */
3243 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3244 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3245 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3246 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3247 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3248 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3249 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3250 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3251 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3252 break;
3253
3254 case R_PPC_REL16:
3255 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3256 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3257 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3258 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3259 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3260 break;
3261
3262 /* These are just markers. */
3263 case R_PPC_TLS:
3264 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3265 case R_PPC_NONE:
3266 case R_PPC_max:
3267 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3268 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3269 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3270 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3271 break;
3272
3273 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3274 case R_PPC_COPY:
3275 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3276 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3277 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3278 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3279 break;
3280
3281 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3282 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3283 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3284 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3285 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3286 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3288 break;
3289
3290 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3291 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3292 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3293 {
3294 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3295 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3296 }
3297 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3298 {
3299 h->needs_plt = 1;
3300 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3301 return false;
3302 }
3303 break;
3304
3305 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3306 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3307 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3308 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3309 return false;
3310 break;
3311
3312 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3313 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3314 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3315 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3316 return false;
3317 break;
3318
3319 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3320 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3321 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3322 /* Fall through. */
3323 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3324 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3325 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3326 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3327 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3328 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3329 goto dodyn;
3330
3331 /* Nor these. */
3332 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3333 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3334 goto dodyn;
3335
3336 case R_PPC_REL32:
3337 if (h == NULL
3338 && got2 != NULL
3339 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3340 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3341 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3342 {
3343 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3344 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3345 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3346 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3347 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3348 PLT call stubs. */
3349 asection *s;
3350 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3351
3352 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache,
3353 abfd, r_symndx);
3354 if (isym == NULL)
3355 return false;
3356
3357 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3358 if (s == got2)
3359 {
3360 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3361 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3362 }
3363 }
3364 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3365 break;
3366 /* fall through */
3367
3368 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3369 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3371 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3372 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3373 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3374 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3375 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3376 {
3377 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3378 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3379 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3380 return false;
3381
3382 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3383 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3384 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3385 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3386 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3387 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3388 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3389 }
3390 goto dodyn;
3391
3392 case R_PPC_REL24:
3393 case R_PPC_REL14:
3394 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3395 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3396 if (h == NULL)
3397 break;
3398 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3399 {
3400 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3401 {
3402 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3403 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3404 }
3405 break;
3406 }
3407 /* fall through */
3408
3409 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3410 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3411 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3412 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3413 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3414 {
3415 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3416 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3417 h->needs_plt = 1;
3418 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3419 return false;
3420 break;
3421 }
3422
3423 dodyn:
3424 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3425 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3426 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3427 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3428 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3429 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3430 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3431 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3432 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3433 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3434 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3435 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3436 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3437 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3438 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3439 symbol local.
3440
3441 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3442 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3443 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3444 symbol. */
3445 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
3446 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
3447 || (h != NULL
3448 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
3449 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3450 || !h->def_regular))))
3451 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3452 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3453 && h != NULL
3454 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3455 || !h->def_regular)))
3456 {
3457 #ifdef DEBUG
3458 fprintf (stderr,
3459 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3460 "create relocation for %s\n",
3461 (h && h->root.root.string
3462 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3463 #endif
3464 if (sreloc == NULL)
3465 {
3466 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3467 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3468
3469 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3470 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
3471
3472 if (sreloc == NULL)
3473 return false;
3474 }
3475
3476 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3477 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3478 if (h != NULL)
3479 {
3480 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3481 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3482
3483 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs;
3484 p = *rel_head;
3485 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3486 {
3487 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3488 if (p == NULL)
3489 return false;
3490 p->next = *rel_head;
3491 *rel_head = p;
3492 p->sec = sec;
3493 p->count = 0;
3494 p->pc_count = 0;
3495 }
3496 p->count += 1;
3497 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3498 p->pc_count += 1;
3499 }
3500 else
3501 {
3502 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3503 We really need local syms available to do this
3504 easily. Oh well. */
3505 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3506 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3507 bool is_ifunc;
3508 asection *s;
3509 void *vpp;
3510 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3511
3512 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache,
3513 abfd, r_symndx);
3514 if (isym == NULL)
3515 return false;
3516
3517 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3518 if (s == NULL)
3519 s = sec;
3520
3521 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3522 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3523 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
3524 p = *rel_head;
3525 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3526 p = p->next;
3527 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3528 {
3529 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3530 if (p == NULL)
3531 return false;
3532 p->next = *rel_head;
3533 *rel_head = p;
3534 p->sec = sec;
3535 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3536 p->count = 0;
3537 }
3538 p->count += 1;
3539 }
3540 }
3541
3542 break;
3543 }
3544 }
3545
3546 return true;
3547 }
3548 \f
3549 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3550 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3551 bool
3552 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3553 {
3554 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3555 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3556 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3557 bool ret = true;
3558 bool warn_only;
3559
3560 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3561 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3562 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3563 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3564 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3565 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3566 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3567 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3568 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
3569
3570 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3571 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3572
3573 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3574 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3575
3576 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3577 {
3578 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3579 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3580 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3581
3582 if (in_fp == 0)
3583 ;
3584 else if (out_fp == 0)
3585 {
3586 if (!warn_only)
3587 {
3588 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3589 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3590 last_fp = ibfd;
3591 }
3592 }
3593 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3594 {
3595 _bfd_error_handler
3596 /* xgettext:c-format */
3597 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3598 last_fp, ibfd);
3599 ret = warn_only;
3600 }
3601 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3602 {
3603 _bfd_error_handler
3604 /* xgettext:c-format */
3605 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3606 ibfd, last_fp);
3607 ret = warn_only;
3608 }
3609 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3610 {
3611 _bfd_error_handler
3612 /* xgettext:c-format */
3613 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3614 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3615 ret = warn_only;
3616 }
3617 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3618 {
3619 _bfd_error_handler
3620 /* xgettext:c-format */
3621 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3622 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3623 ret = warn_only;
3624 }
3625
3626 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3627 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3628 if (in_fp == 0)
3629 ;
3630 else if (out_fp == 0)
3631 {
3632 if (!warn_only)
3633 {
3634 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3635 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3636 last_ld = ibfd;
3637 }
3638 }
3639 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3640 {
3641 _bfd_error_handler
3642 /* xgettext:c-format */
3643 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3644 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3645 ret = warn_only;
3646 }
3647 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3648 {
3649 _bfd_error_handler
3650 /* xgettext:c-format */
3651 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3652 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3653 ret = warn_only;
3654 }
3655 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3656 {
3657 _bfd_error_handler
3658 /* xgettext:c-format */
3659 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3660 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3661 ret = warn_only;
3662 }
3663 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3664 {
3665 _bfd_error_handler
3666 /* xgettext:c-format */
3667 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3668 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3669 ret = warn_only;
3670 }
3671 }
3672
3673 if (!ret)
3674 {
3675 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3676 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3677 }
3678 return ret;
3679 }
3680
3681 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3682 there are conflicting attributes. */
3683 static bool
3684 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3685 {
3686 bfd *obfd;
3687 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3688 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3689 bool ret;
3690
3691 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3692 return false;
3693
3694 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3695 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3696 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3697
3698 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3699 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3700 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3701 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3702 ret = true;
3703 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3704 {
3705 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3706 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3707 static bfd *last_vec;
3708
3709 if (in_vec == 0)
3710 ;
3711 else if (out_vec == 0)
3712 {
3713 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3714 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3715 last_vec = ibfd;
3716 }
3717 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3718 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3719 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3720 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3721 case too. */
3722 else if (in_vec == 1)
3723 ;
3724 else if (out_vec == 1)
3725 {
3726 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3727 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3728 last_vec = ibfd;
3729 }
3730 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3731 {
3732 _bfd_error_handler
3733 /* xgettext:c-format */
3734 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3735 last_vec, ibfd);
3736 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3737 ret = false;
3738 }
3739 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3740 {
3741 _bfd_error_handler
3742 /* xgettext:c-format */
3743 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3744 ibfd, last_vec);
3745 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3746 ret = false;
3747 }
3748 }
3749
3750 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3751 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3752 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3753 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3754 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3755 {
3756 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3757 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3758 static bfd *last_struct;
3759
3760 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3761 ;
3762 else if (out_struct == 0)
3763 {
3764 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3765 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3766 last_struct = ibfd;
3767 }
3768 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3769 {
3770 _bfd_error_handler
3771 /* xgettext:c-format */
3772 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3773 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3774 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3775 ret = false;
3776 }
3777 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3778 {
3779 _bfd_error_handler
3780 /* xgettext:c-format */
3781 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3782 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3783 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3784 ret = false;
3785 }
3786 }
3787 if (!ret)
3788 {
3789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3790 return false;
3791 }
3792
3793 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3794 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3795 }
3796
3797 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3798 object file when linking. */
3799
3800 static bool
3801 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3802 {
3803 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3804 flagword old_flags;
3805 flagword new_flags;
3806 bool error;
3807
3808 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3809 return true;
3810
3811 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3812 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3813 return false;
3814
3815 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3816 return false;
3817
3818 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3819 return true;
3820
3821 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3822 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3823 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3824 {
3825 /* First call, no flags set. */
3826 elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
3827 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3828 }
3829
3830 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3831 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3832 ;
3833
3834 /* Incompatible flags. */
3835 else
3836 {
3837 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3838 to be linked with either. */
3839 error = false;
3840 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3841 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3842 {
3843 error = true;
3844 _bfd_error_handler
3845 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3846 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3847 }
3848 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3849 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3850 {
3851 error = true;
3852 _bfd_error_handler
3853 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3854 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3855 }
3856
3857 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3858 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3859 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3860
3861 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3862 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3863 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3864 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3865 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3866 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3867
3868 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3869 any module uses it. */
3870 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3871
3872 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3873 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3874
3875 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3876 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3877 {
3878 error = true;
3879 _bfd_error_handler
3880 /* xgettext:c-format */
3881 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3882 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3883 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3884 }
3885
3886 if (error)
3887 {
3888 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3889 return false;
3890 }
3891 }
3892
3893 return true;
3894 }
3895
3896 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3897 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3898 asection *input_section,
3899 unsigned long offset,
3900 bfd_byte *loc,
3901 bfd_vma value,
3902 split16_format_type split16_format,
3903 bool fixup)
3904 {
3905 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3906
3907 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
3908 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3909 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3910 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3911 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3912 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3913 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3914 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3915 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3916 {
3917 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3918 {
3919 if (fixup)
3920 split16_format = split16a_type;
3921 else
3922 _bfd_error_handler
3923 /* xgettext:c-format */
3924 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3925 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3926 }
3927 }
3928 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3929 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3930 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3931 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3932 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3933 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3934 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3935 {
3936 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3937 {
3938 if (fixup)
3939 split16_format = split16d_type;
3940 else
3941 _bfd_error_handler
3942 /* xgettext:c-format */
3943 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3944 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3945 }
3946 }
3947 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3948 {
3949 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3950 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3951 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3952 {
3953 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3954 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3955 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3956 }
3957 }
3958 else
3959 {
3960 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3961 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3962 }
3963 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3964 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3965 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3966 }
3967
3968 static void
3969 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3970 {
3971 unsigned int insn;
3972
3973 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3974 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3975 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3976 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3977 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3978 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3979 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3980 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3981 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3982 }
3983
3984 \f
3985 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3986 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3987 int
3988 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3989 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3990 {
3991 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3992 flagword flags;
3993
3994 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3995
3996 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3997 {
3998 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3999
4000 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
4001 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4002 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4003 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4004 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
4005 false, false, true)) != NULL
4006 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
4007 || h->needs_plt)
4008 && h->ref_regular
4009 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4010 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4011 {
4012 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
4013 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
4014 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
4015 r30 to be set up. */
4016 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4017 }
4018 else
4019 {
4020 bfd *ibfd;
4021 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
4022
4023 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4024 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4025 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4026 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4027 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4028 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4029 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4030 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4031 {
4032 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4033 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4034 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4035 {
4036 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4037 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4038 break;
4039 }
4040 }
4041 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4042 }
4043 }
4044 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4045 {
4046 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4047 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4048 else
4049 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4050 }
4051
4052 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4053
4054 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4055 {
4056 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4057 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4058
4059 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4060 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4061 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4062 return -1;
4063
4064 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4065 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4066 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4067 return -1;
4068 }
4069 else
4070 {
4071 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4072 if (htab->glink != NULL
4073 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4074 return -1;
4075 }
4076 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4077 }
4078 \f
4079 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4080 relocation. */
4081
4082 static asection *
4083 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4084 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4085 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4086 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4087 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4088 {
4089 if (h != NULL)
4090 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4091 {
4092 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4093 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4094 return NULL;
4095 }
4096
4097 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4098 }
4099
4100 static bool
4101 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4102 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4103 asection **symsecp,
4104 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4105 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4106 unsigned long r_symndx,
4107 bfd *ibfd)
4108 {
4109 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4110
4111 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4112 {
4113 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4114 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4115
4116 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4117 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4118 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4119 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4120
4121 if (hp != NULL)
4122 *hp = h;
4123
4124 if (symp != NULL)
4125 *symp = NULL;
4126
4127 if (symsecp != NULL)
4128 {
4129 asection *symsec = NULL;
4130 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4131 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4132 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4133 *symsecp = symsec;
4134 }
4135
4136 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4137 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4138 }
4139 else
4140 {
4141 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4142 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4143
4144 if (locsyms == NULL)
4145 {
4146 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4147 if (locsyms == NULL)
4148 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4149 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4150 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4151 if (locsyms == NULL)
4152 return false;
4153 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4154 }
4155 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4156
4157 if (hp != NULL)
4158 *hp = NULL;
4159
4160 if (symp != NULL)
4161 *symp = sym;
4162
4163 if (symsecp != NULL)
4164 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4165
4166 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4167 {
4168 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4169 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4170
4171 tls_mask = NULL;
4172 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4173 if (local_got != NULL)
4174 {
4175 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4176 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4177 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4178 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4179 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4180 }
4181 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4182 }
4183 }
4184 return true;
4185 }
4186 \f
4187 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4188 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4189
4190 bool
4191 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4192 {
4193 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4194 bfd *ibfd;
4195 asection *sec;
4196 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4197
4198 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4199 if (htab == NULL)
4200 return false;
4201
4202 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4203 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4204 between the call and its destination. */
4205 limit = 0x1e00000;
4206 low_vma = -1;
4207 high_vma = 0;
4208 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4209 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4210 {
4211 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4212 low_vma = sec->vma;
4213 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4214 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4215 }
4216
4217 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4218 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4219 is local. */
4220 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4221 {
4222 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4223 return true;
4224 }
4225
4226 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4227 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4228 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4229 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4230 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4231 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4232 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4233 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4234 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4235 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4236 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4237 together except their symbol. */
4238
4239 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4240 {
4241 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4242 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4243
4244 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4245 continue;
4246
4247 local_syms = NULL;
4248 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4249
4250 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4251 if (sec->has_pltcall
4252 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4253 {
4254 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4255
4256 /* Read the relocations. */
4257 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4258 info->keep_memory);
4259 if (relstart == NULL)
4260 return false;
4261
4262 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4263 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4264 {
4265 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4266 unsigned long r_symndx;
4267 asection *sym_sec;
4268 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4269 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4270 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4271
4272 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4273 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4274 continue;
4275
4276 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4277 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4278 r_symndx, ibfd))
4279 {
4280 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4281 free (relstart);
4282 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4283 free (local_syms);
4284 return false;
4285 }
4286
4287 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4288 {
4289 bfd_vma from, to;
4290 if (h != NULL)
4291 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4292 else
4293 to = sym->st_value;
4294 to += (rel->r_addend
4295 + sym_sec->output_offset
4296 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4297 from = (rel->r_offset
4298 + sec->output_offset
4299 + sec->output_section->vma);
4300 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4301 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4302 }
4303 }
4304 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4305 free (relstart);
4306 }
4307
4308 if (local_syms != NULL
4309 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4310 {
4311 if (!info->keep_memory)
4312 free (local_syms);
4313 else
4314 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4315 }
4316 }
4317
4318 return true;
4319 }
4320
4321 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4322 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4323
4324 asection *
4325 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4326 {
4327 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4328
4329 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4330 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4331 false, false, true);
4332 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4333 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4334
4335 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4336 {
4337 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4338 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4339 false, false, true);
4340 if (opt != NULL
4341 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4342 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4343 {
4344 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4345 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4346 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4347 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4348 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4349 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4350 && tga != NULL
4351 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4352 || tga->needs_plt)
4353 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4354 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4355 {
4356 struct plt_entry *ent;
4357 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4358 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4359 break;
4360 if (ent != NULL)
4361 {
4362 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4363 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4364 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4365 opt->mark = 1;
4366 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4367 {
4368 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4369 opt->dynindx = -1;
4370 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4371 opt->dynstr_index);
4372 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4373 return false;
4374 }
4375 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4376 }
4377 }
4378 }
4379 else
4380 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4381 }
4382 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4383 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4384 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4385 {
4386 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4387 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4388 }
4389
4390 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4391 }
4392
4393 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4394 HASH. */
4395
4396 static bool
4397 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4398 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4399 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4400 {
4401 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4402 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4403 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4404
4405 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4406 {
4407 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4408 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4409
4410 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4411 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4412 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4413 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4414 if (h == hash)
4415 return true;
4416 }
4417 return false;
4418 }
4419
4420 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4421 opportunities. */
4422
4423 bool
4424 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4425 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4426 {
4427 bfd *ibfd;
4428 asection *sec;
4429 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4430 int pass;
4431
4432 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4433 return true;
4434
4435 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4436 if (htab == NULL)
4437 return false;
4438
4439 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4440
4441 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4442 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4443 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4444 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4445 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4446 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4447 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4448 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4449 {
4450 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4451 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4452
4453 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4454 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4455 {
4456 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4457 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4458
4459 /* Read the relocations. */
4460 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4461 info->keep_memory);
4462 if (relstart == NULL)
4463 return false;
4464
4465 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4466 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4467 {
4468 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4469 unsigned long r_symndx;
4470 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4471 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4472 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4473 bool is_local;
4474 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4475
4476 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4477 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4478 {
4479 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4480
4481 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4482 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4483 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4484 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4485 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4486 }
4487
4488 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4489 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4490 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4491 without marker relocs, then check that each
4492 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4493 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4494 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4495 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4496 if (pass == 0
4497 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4498 && h != NULL
4499 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4500 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4501 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4502 {
4503 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4504 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4505 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4506 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4507 free (relstart);
4508 return true;
4509 }
4510
4511 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4512 switch (r_type)
4513 {
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4516 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4517 /* Fall through. */
4518
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4521 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4522 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4523 that turns out to be the case. */
4524 if (!is_local)
4525 continue;
4526
4527 /* LD -> LE */
4528 tls_set = 0;
4529 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4530 break;
4531
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4534 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4535 /* Fall through. */
4536
4537 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4538 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4539 if (is_local)
4540 /* GD -> LE */
4541 tls_set = 0;
4542 else
4543 /* GD -> IE */
4544 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4545 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4546 break;
4547
4548 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4549 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4550 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4551 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4552 if (is_local)
4553 {
4554 /* IE -> LE */
4555 tls_set = 0;
4556 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4557 break;
4558 }
4559 else
4560 continue;
4561
4562 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4563 if (!is_local)
4564 continue;
4565 /* Fall through. */
4566 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4567 if (rel + 1 < relend
4568 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4569 {
4570 if (pass != 0
4571 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4572 {
4573 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4574 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4575 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4576 {
4577 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4578
4579 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4580 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4581 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4582 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4583 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4584 if (h != NULL)
4585 {
4586 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4587 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4588
4589 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4590 addend = rel->r_addend;
4591 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4592 got2, addend);
4593 if (ent != NULL
4594 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4595 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4596 }
4597 }
4598 }
4599 continue;
4600 }
4601 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4602 tls_set = 0;
4603 tls_clear = 0;
4604 break;
4605
4606 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
4607 if (pass == 0)
4608 {
4609 unsigned char buf[4];
4610 unsigned int insn;
4611 bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3;
4612 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf,
4613 off, 4))
4614 {
4615 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4616 free (relstart);
4617 return false;
4618 }
4619 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
4620 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4621 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4622 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4623 {
4624 /* xgettext:c-format */
4625 info->callbacks->minfo
4626 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4627 ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn);
4628 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4629 }
4630 }
4631 continue;
4632
4633 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
4634 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4635 continue;
4636
4637 default:
4638 continue;
4639 }
4640
4641 if (pass == 0)
4642 {
4643 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4644 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4645 continue;
4646
4647 if (rel + 1 < relend
4648 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4649 htab->tls_get_addr))
4650 continue;
4651
4652 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4653 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4654 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4655 the entire optimization. */
4656 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4657 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4658 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4659 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4660 free (relstart);
4661 return true;
4662 }
4663
4664 if (h != NULL)
4665 {
4666 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4667 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4668 }
4669 else
4670 {
4671 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4672 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4673 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4674
4675 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4676 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4677 abort ();
4678 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4679 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4680 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4681 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4682 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4683 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4684 }
4685
4686 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4687 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4688 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4689 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4690 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4691 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4692 Disable optimization in this case. */
4693 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4694 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4695 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4696 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4697 continue;
4698
4699 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4700 {
4701 struct plt_entry *ent;
4702 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4703
4704 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4705 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4706 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4707 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4708 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4709 got2, addend);
4710 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4711 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4712 }
4713 if (tls_clear == 0)
4714 continue;
4715
4716 if (tls_set == 0)
4717 {
4718 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4719 if (*got_count > 0)
4720 *got_count -= 1;
4721 }
4722
4723 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4724 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4725 }
4726
4727 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4728 free (relstart);
4729 }
4730 }
4731 return true;
4732 }
4733 \f
4734 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4735 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4736 size_dynamic_sections. */
4737
4738 static bool
4739 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4740 {
4741 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4742 do
4743 {
4744 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4745 return true;
4746 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4747 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4748
4749 return false;
4750 }
4751
4752 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4753
4754 static bool
4755 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4756 {
4757 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4758
4759 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4760 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4761 return true;
4762 return false;
4763 }
4764
4765 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4766 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4767 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4768 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4769 understand. */
4770
4771 static bool
4772 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4773 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4774 {
4775 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4776 asection *s;
4777
4778 #ifdef DEBUG
4779 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4780 h->root.root.string);
4781 #endif
4782
4783 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4784 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4785 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4786 && (h->needs_plt
4787 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4788 || h->is_weakalias
4789 || (h->def_dynamic
4790 && h->ref_regular
4791 && !h->def_regular)));
4792
4793 /* Deal with function syms. */
4794 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4795 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4796 || h->needs_plt)
4797 {
4798 bool local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4799 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4800 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4801 function symbol is local. */
4802 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4803 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4804
4805 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4806 won't need a .plt entry. */
4807 struct plt_entry *ent;
4808 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4809 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4810 break;
4811 if (ent == NULL
4812 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4813 && local
4814 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4815 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4816 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4817 {
4818 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4819
4820 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4821 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4822 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4823
4824 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4825
4826 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4827 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4828 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4829 h->needs_plt = 0;
4830 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4831 }
4832 else
4833 {
4834 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4835 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4836 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4837 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4838 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4839 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4840 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4841 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4842 than link time. */
4843 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4844 || (h->non_got_ref
4845 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4846 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4847 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4848 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4849 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4850 {
4851 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4852 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4853 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4854 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4855 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4856 }
4857 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4858 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4859 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4860 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4861 }
4862 h->protected_def = 0;
4863 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4864 return true;
4865 }
4866 else
4867 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4868
4869 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4870 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4871 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4872 if (h->is_weakalias)
4873 {
4874 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4875 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4876 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4877 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4878 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4879 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4880 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4881 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4882 return true;
4883 }
4884
4885 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4886 is not a function. */
4887
4888 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4889 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4890 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4891 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4892 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4893 {
4894 h->protected_def = 0;
4895 return true;
4896 }
4897
4898 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4899 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4900 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4901 {
4902 h->protected_def = 0;
4903 return true;
4904 }
4905
4906 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4907 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4908 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4909 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4910 if (h->protected_def)
4911 {
4912 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4913 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4914 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4915 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4916 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4917 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4918 return true;
4919 }
4920
4921 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4922 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4923 return true;
4924
4925 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4926 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4927 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4928 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4929 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4930 executable. */
4931 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4932 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4933 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4934 && !h->def_regular
4935 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4936 return true;
4937
4938 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4939 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4940 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4941 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4942 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4943 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4944 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4945 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4946 same memory location for the variable.
4947
4948 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4949 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4950 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4951 s = htab->dynsbss;
4952 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4953 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4954 else
4955 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4956 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4957
4958 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4959 {
4960 asection *srel;
4961
4962 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4963 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4964 and into the runtime process image. */
4965 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4966 srel = htab->relsbss;
4967 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4968 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4969 else
4970 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4971 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4972 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4973 h->needs_copy = 1;
4974 }
4975
4976 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4977 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4978 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4979 }
4980 \f
4981 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4982 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4983 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4984 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4985 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4986
4987 static bool
4988 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4989 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4990 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4991 {
4992 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4993 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4994 char *name;
4995 const char *stub;
4996 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4997
4998 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4999 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
5000 else
5001 stub = ".plt_call32.";
5002
5003 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
5004 len2 = strlen (stub);
5005 len3 = 0;
5006 if (ent->sec)
5007 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
5008 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
5009 if (name == NULL)
5010 return false;
5011 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
5012 if (ent->sec)
5013 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
5014 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
5015 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
5016 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, true, false, false);
5017 if (sh == NULL)
5018 return false;
5019 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5020 {
5021 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5022 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5023 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
5024 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5025 sh->def_regular = 1;
5026 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5027 sh->forced_local = 1;
5028 sh->non_elf = 0;
5029 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5030 }
5031 return true;
5032 }
5033
5034 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5035 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5036
5037 static bfd_vma
5038 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5039 {
5040 bfd_vma where;
5041 unsigned int max_before_header;
5042
5043 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5044 {
5045 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5046 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5047 }
5048 else
5049 {
5050 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5051 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5052 {
5053 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5054 htab->got_gap -= need;
5055 }
5056 else
5057 {
5058 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5059 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5060 {
5061 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5062 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5063 }
5064 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5065 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5066 }
5067 }
5068 return where;
5069 }
5070
5071 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5072 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5073
5074 static inline unsigned int
5075 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5076 {
5077 unsigned int need;
5078 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5079 need = 4;
5080 else
5081 {
5082 need = 0;
5083 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5084 need += 8;
5085 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5086 need += 4;
5087 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5088 need += 4;
5089 }
5090 return need;
5091 }
5092
5093 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5094
5095 static bool
5096 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5097 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5098 {
5099 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5100
5101 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5102 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5103 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5104 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5105 && h->dynindx == -1
5106 && !h->forced_local
5107 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5108 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5109 return true;
5110 }
5111
5112 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5113 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5114
5115 static inline
5116 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5117 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5118 {
5119 return (h == NULL
5120 || h->dynindx == -1
5121 || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created);
5122 }
5123
5124 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5125
5126 static bool
5127 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5128 {
5129 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5130 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5131 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5132 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5133
5134 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5135 return true;
5136
5137 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5138 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5139 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5140 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5141 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5142 && eh->elf.protected_def
5143 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5144 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5145 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5146 {
5147 unsigned int need;
5148
5149 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5150 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5151 return false;
5152
5153 need = 0;
5154 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5155 {
5156 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5157 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5158 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5159 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5160 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5161 else
5162 need += 8;
5163 }
5164 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5165 if (need == 0)
5166 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5167 else
5168 {
5169 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5170 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5171 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5172 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5173 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5174 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5175 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5176 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5177 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5178 {
5179 asection *rsec;
5180
5181 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5182 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5183 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5184 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5185 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5186 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5187 rsec->size += need;
5188 }
5189 }
5190 }
5191 else
5192 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5193
5194 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5195 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5196 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5197 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5198 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5199
5200 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5201 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5202 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5203 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5204
5205 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5206 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5207 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5208 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5209
5210 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5211 ;
5212
5213 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5214 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5215 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5216 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5217 changes. */
5218 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5219 {
5220 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5221 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5222 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5223 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5224 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5225 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5226 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5227 {
5228 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5229
5230 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5231 {
5232 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5233 p->pc_count = 0;
5234 if (p->count == 0)
5235 *pp = p->next;
5236 else
5237 pp = &p->next;
5238 }
5239 }
5240
5241 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5242 {
5243 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5244
5245 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5246 {
5247 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5248 *pp = p->next;
5249 else
5250 pp = &p->next;
5251 }
5252 }
5253
5254 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5255 {
5256 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5257 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5258 return false;
5259 }
5260 }
5261 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5262 {
5263 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5264 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5265 dynamic. */
5266 if ((h->dynamic_adjusted
5267 || (h->ref_regular
5268 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5269 && (info->dynamic_undefined_weak > 0
5270 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))))
5271 && !h->def_regular
5272 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5273 && !(h->protected_def
5274 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5275 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5276 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5277 {
5278 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5279 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5280 return false;
5281
5282 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5283 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5284 }
5285 else
5286 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5287 }
5288
5289 /* Allocate space. */
5290 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5291 {
5292 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5293 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5294 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5295 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5296 }
5297
5298 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5299 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5300 a) is dynamic, or
5301 b) is an ifunc, or
5302 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5303 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5304 if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1)
5305 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5306 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5307 || (h->needs_plt
5308 && h->def_regular
5309 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5310 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5311 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5312 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5313 {
5314 struct plt_entry *ent;
5315 bool doneone = false;
5316 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5317
5318 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5319 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5320 {
5321 asection *s;
5322 bool dyn;
5323
5324 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5325 return false;
5326
5327 dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
5328 s = htab->elf.splt;
5329 if (!dyn)
5330 {
5331 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5332 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5333 else
5334 s = htab->pltlocal;
5335 }
5336
5337 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5338 {
5339 if (!doneone)
5340 {
5341 plt_offset = s->size;
5342 s->size += 4;
5343 }
5344 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5345
5346 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5347 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5348 else
5349 {
5350 s = htab->glink;
5351 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5352 {
5353 glink_offset = s->size;
5354 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5355 }
5356 if (!doneone
5357 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5358 && h->def_dynamic
5359 && !h->def_regular)
5360 {
5361 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5362 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5363 }
5364 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5365
5366 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5367 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5368 return false;
5369 }
5370 }
5371 else
5372 {
5373 if (!doneone)
5374 {
5375 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5376 for the special first entry. */
5377 if (s->size == 0)
5378 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5379
5380 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5381 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5382 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5383 word available at the end. */
5384 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5385 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5386 * ((s->size
5387 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5388 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5389
5390 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5391 file, and we are not generating a shared
5392 library, then set the symbol to this location
5393 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5394 relocations, and is required to make
5395 function pointers compare as equal between
5396 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5397 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5398 && h->def_dynamic
5399 && !h->def_regular)
5400 {
5401 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5402 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5403 }
5404
5405 /* Make room for this entry. */
5406 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5407 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5408 is allocated. */
5409 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5410 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5411 / htab->plt_entry_size
5412 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5413 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5414 }
5415 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5416 }
5417
5418 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5419 if (!doneone)
5420 {
5421 if (!dyn)
5422 {
5423 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5424 {
5425 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5426 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5427 }
5428 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5429 {
5430 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5431 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5432 }
5433 }
5434 else
5435 {
5436 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5437
5438 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5439 {
5440 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5441 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5442 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5443 {
5444 if (ent->plt.offset
5445 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5446 {
5447 htab->srelplt2->size
5448 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5449 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5450 }
5451
5452 htab->srelplt2->size
5453 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5454 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5455 }
5456
5457 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5458 .got.plt. */
5459 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5460 }
5461 }
5462 doneone = true;
5463 }
5464 }
5465 else
5466 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5467
5468 if (!doneone)
5469 {
5470 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5471 h->needs_plt = 0;
5472 }
5473 }
5474 else
5475 {
5476 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5477 h->needs_plt = 0;
5478 }
5479
5480 return true;
5481 }
5482
5483 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5484 {
5485 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5486 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5487 1, /* CIE version. */
5488 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5489 4, /* Code alignment. */
5490 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5491 65, /* RA reg. */
5492 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5493 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5494 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5495 };
5496
5497 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5498
5499 static bool
5500 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5501 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5502 {
5503 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5504 asection *s;
5505 bool relocs;
5506 bfd *ibfd;
5507
5508 #ifdef DEBUG
5509 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5510 #endif
5511
5512 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5513 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5514
5515 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5516 {
5517 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5518 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5519 {
5520 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5521 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5522 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5523 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5524 }
5525 }
5526
5527 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5528 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5529 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5530 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5531
5532 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5533 relocs. */
5534 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5535 {
5536 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5537 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5538 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5539 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5540 char *lgot_masks;
5541 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5542 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5543
5544 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5545 continue;
5546
5547 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5548 {
5549 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5550
5551 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5552 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5553 p != NULL;
5554 p = p->next)
5555 {
5556 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5557 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5558 {
5559 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5560 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5561 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5562 the relocs too. */
5563 }
5564 else if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
5565 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5566 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5567 {
5568 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5569 handled specially by the loader. */
5570 }
5571 else if (p->count != 0)
5572 {
5573 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5574 if (p->ifunc)
5575 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5576 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5577 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5578 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5579 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5580 {
5581 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5582 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5583 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5584 }
5585 }
5586 }
5587 }
5588
5589 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5590 if (!local_got)
5591 continue;
5592
5593 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5594 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5595 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5596 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5597 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5598 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5599
5600 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
5601 if (*local_got > 0)
5602 {
5603 unsigned int need;
5604 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5605 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5606 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5607 if (need == 0)
5608 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5609 else
5610 {
5611 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5612 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5613 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5614 && bfd_link_executable (info)))
5615 {
5616 asection *srel;
5617
5618 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5619 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5620 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5621 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5622 srel->size += need;
5623 }
5624 }
5625 }
5626 else
5627 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5628
5629 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5630 continue;
5631
5632 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5633 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5634 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5635 {
5636 struct plt_entry *ent;
5637 bool doneone = false;
5638 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5639
5640 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5641 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5642 {
5643 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5644 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5645 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5646 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5647 {
5648 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5649 continue;
5650 }
5651 else
5652 s = htab->pltlocal;
5653
5654 if (!doneone)
5655 {
5656 plt_offset = s->size;
5657 s->size += 4;
5658 }
5659 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5660
5661 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5662 {
5663 s = htab->glink;
5664 glink_offset = s->size;
5665 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5666 }
5667 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5668
5669 if (!doneone)
5670 {
5671 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5672 {
5673 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5674 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5675 }
5676 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5677 {
5678 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5679 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5680 }
5681 doneone = true;
5682 }
5683 }
5684 else
5685 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5686 }
5687 }
5688
5689 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5690 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5691
5692 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5693 {
5694 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5695 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5696 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5697 }
5698 else
5699 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5700
5701 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5702 {
5703 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5704
5705 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5706 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5707 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5708 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5709 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5710 {
5711 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5712 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5713 g_o_t += 4;
5714 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5715 }
5716
5717 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5718 }
5719 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5720 {
5721 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5722
5723 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5724 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5725 }
5726 if (info->emitrelocations)
5727 {
5728 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5729
5730 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5731 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5732 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5733 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5734 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5735 }
5736
5737 if (htab->glink != NULL
5738 && htab->glink->size != 0
5739 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5740 {
5741 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5742 /* Space for the branch table. */
5743 htab->glink->size
5744 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5745 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5746 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5747 ? 63 : 15);
5748 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5749
5750 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5751 {
5752 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5753 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5754 true, false, false);
5755 if (sh == NULL)
5756 return false;
5757 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5758 {
5759 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5760 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5761 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5762 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5763 sh->def_regular = 1;
5764 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5765 sh->forced_local = 1;
5766 sh->non_elf = 0;
5767 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5768 }
5769 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5770 true, false, false);
5771 if (sh == NULL)
5772 return false;
5773 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5774 {
5775 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5776 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5777 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5778 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5779 sh->def_regular = 1;
5780 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5781 sh->forced_local = 1;
5782 sh->non_elf = 0;
5783 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5784 }
5785 }
5786 }
5787
5788 if (htab->glink != NULL
5789 && htab->glink->size != 0
5790 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5791 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5792 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5793 {
5794 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5795 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5796 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5797 {
5798 s->size += 4;
5799 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5800 s->size += 4;
5801 }
5802 }
5803
5804 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5805 Allocate memory for them. */
5806 relocs = false;
5807 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5808 {
5809 bool strip_section = true;
5810
5811 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5812 continue;
5813
5814 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5815 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5816 {
5817 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5818 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5819 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5820 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5821 strip_section = false;
5822 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5823 comment below. */
5824 }
5825 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5826 || s == htab->pltlocal
5827 || s == htab->glink
5828 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5829 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5830 || s == htab->sbss
5831 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5832 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5833 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5834 {
5835 /* Strip these too. */
5836 }
5837 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5838 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5839 {
5840 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5841 }
5842 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5843 {
5844 if (s->size != 0)
5845 {
5846 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5847 relocs = true;
5848
5849 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5850 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5851 s->reloc_count = 0;
5852 }
5853 }
5854 else
5855 {
5856 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5857 continue;
5858 }
5859
5860 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5861 {
5862 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5863 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5864 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5865 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5866 before the linker maps input sections to output
5867 sections. The linker does that before
5868 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5869 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5870 into these sections. */
5871 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5872 continue;
5873 }
5874
5875 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5876 continue;
5877
5878 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5879 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5880 if (s->contents == NULL)
5881 return false;
5882 }
5883
5884 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5885 {
5886 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5887 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5888 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5889 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5890 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5891 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5892 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5893
5894 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
5895 relocs))
5896 return false;
5897
5898 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5899 && htab->glink != NULL
5900 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5901 {
5902 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5903 return false;
5904 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5905 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5906 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5907 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5908 return false;
5909 }
5910 }
5911 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5912
5913 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5914 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5915 {
5916 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5917 bfd_vma val;
5918
5919 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5920 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5921 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5922 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5923 /* FDE length. */
5924 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5925 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5926 p += 4;
5927 /* CIE pointer. */
5928 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5929 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5930 p += 4;
5931 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5932 p += 4;
5933 /* .glink size. */
5934 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5935 p += 4;
5936 /* Augmentation. */
5937 p += 1;
5938
5939 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5940 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5941 {
5942 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5943 if (adv < 64)
5944 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5945 else if (adv < 256)
5946 {
5947 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5948 *p++ = adv;
5949 }
5950 else if (adv < 65536)
5951 {
5952 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5953 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5954 p += 2;
5955 }
5956 else
5957 {
5958 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5959 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5960 p += 4;
5961 }
5962 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5963 *p++ = 65;
5964 p++;
5965 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5966 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5967 *p++ = 65;
5968 }
5969 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5970 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5971 }
5972
5973 return true;
5974 }
5975
5976 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5977 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5978
5979 static void
5980 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
5981 {
5982 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
5983
5984 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
5985 {
5986 asection *s;
5987
5988 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
5989 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5990 {
5991 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
5992 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5993 {
5994 sda->def_regular = 0;
5995 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5996 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
5997 sda->forced_local = 0;
5998 }
5999 }
6000 }
6001 }
6002
6003 void
6004 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6005 {
6006 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6007
6008 if (htab != NULL)
6009 {
6010 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
6011 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
6012 }
6013 }
6014
6015
6016 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6017
6018 static bool
6019 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6020 {
6021 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6022 && !h->def_regular
6023 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6024 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6025 return false;
6026
6027 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6028 }
6029 \f
6030 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6031
6032 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6033 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6034 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6035 {
6036 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6037 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6038 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6039 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6040 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6041 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6042 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6043 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6044 };
6045
6046 static const int stub_entry[] =
6047 {
6048 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6049 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6050 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6051 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6052 };
6053
6054 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6055 {
6056 unsigned int workaround_size;
6057 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6058 };
6059
6060 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6061 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6062 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6063 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6064
6065 static bool
6066 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6067 asection *isec,
6068 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6069 bool *again)
6070 {
6071 struct one_branch_fixup
6072 {
6073 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6074 asection *tsec;
6075 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6076 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6077 bfd_vma toff;
6078 bfd_vma trampoff;
6079 };
6080
6081 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6082 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6083 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6084 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6085 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6086 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6087 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6088 unsigned changes = 0;
6089 bool workaround_change;
6090 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6091 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6092 asection *got2;
6093 bool maybe_pasted;
6094
6095 *again = false;
6096
6097 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6098 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6099 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6100 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6101 || isec->size < 4)
6102 return true;
6103
6104 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6105 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6106 anyway. */
6107 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6108 return true;
6109
6110 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6111 if (htab == NULL)
6112 return true;
6113
6114 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6115 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6116 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6117 trampbase = isec->size;
6118
6119 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6120 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6121 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6122
6123 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6124 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6125 {
6126 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6127 {
6128 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6129 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6130 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6131 return false;
6132 }
6133 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6134 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6135 }
6136
6137 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6138 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6139 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6140 trampoff = trampbase;
6141 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6142 trampoff += 4;
6143
6144 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6145 picfixup_size = 0;
6146 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6147 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6148 {
6149 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6150 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6151 {
6152 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6153 link_info->keep_memory);
6154 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6155 goto error_return;
6156 }
6157
6158 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6159
6160 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6161 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6162 {
6163 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6164 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6165 asection *tsec;
6166 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6167 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6168 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6169 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6170 unsigned long t0;
6171 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6172 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6173 struct plt_entry **plist;
6174 unsigned char sym_type;
6175
6176 switch (r_type)
6177 {
6178 case R_PPC_REL24:
6179 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6180 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6181 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6182 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6183 break;
6184
6185 case R_PPC_REL14:
6186 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6187 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6188 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6189 break;
6190
6191 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6192 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6193 break;
6194 continue;
6195
6196 default:
6197 continue;
6198 }
6199
6200 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6201 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6202 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6203 goto error_return;
6204
6205 if (isym != NULL)
6206 {
6207 if (tsec != NULL)
6208 ;
6209 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6210 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6211 else
6212 continue;
6213
6214 toff = isym->st_value;
6215 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6216 }
6217 else
6218 {
6219 if (tsec != NULL)
6220 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6221 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6222 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6223 {
6224 unsigned long indx;
6225
6226 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6227 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6228 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6229 }
6230 else
6231 continue;
6232
6233 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6234 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6235 branch stub in that case. */
6236 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6237 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6238 && irel != internal_relocs)
6239 {
6240 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6241 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6242 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6243
6244 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6245 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6246 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6247 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6248 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6249 {
6250 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6251
6252 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6253 {
6254 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6255 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6256 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6257 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6258 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6259 }
6260 }
6261 else
6262 {
6263 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6264 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6265
6266 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6267 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6268 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6269
6270 tls_mask
6271 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6272 }
6273
6274 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6275 optimised away. */
6276 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6277 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6278 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6279 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6280 continue;
6281 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6282 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6283 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6284 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6285 continue;
6286 }
6287
6288 sym_type = h->type;
6289 }
6290
6291 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6292 {
6293 if (h != NULL
6294 && !h->def_regular
6295 && h->protected_def
6296 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6297 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6298 picfixup_size += 12;
6299 continue;
6300 }
6301
6302 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6303 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6304 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6305 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6306 plist = NULL;
6307 if (h != NULL)
6308 {
6309 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6310 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6311 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6312 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6313 }
6314 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6315 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6316 {
6317 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6318 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6319 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6320 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6321 }
6322 if (plist != NULL)
6323 {
6324 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6325 struct plt_entry *ent;
6326
6327 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6328 addend = irel->r_addend;
6329 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6330 if (ent != NULL)
6331 {
6332 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6333 || h == NULL
6334 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6335 || h->dynindx == -1)
6336 {
6337 tsec = htab->glink;
6338 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6339 }
6340 else
6341 {
6342 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6343 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6344 }
6345 }
6346 }
6347
6348 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6349 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6350 branch overflow. */
6351 if (tsec == isec)
6352 continue;
6353
6354 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6355 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6356 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6357 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6358 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6359 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6360 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6361 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6362 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6363 continue;
6364
6365 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6366 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6367 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6368 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6369 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6370 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6371 {
6372 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6373 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6374 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6375 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6376 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6377
6378 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6379 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6380 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6381 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6382 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6383 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6384 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6385 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6386 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6387 location of interest is just "sym". */
6388 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6389 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6390 toff += irel->r_addend;
6391
6392 toff
6393 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6394 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6395 toff);
6396
6397 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6398 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6399 toff += irel->r_addend;
6400 }
6401 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6402 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6403 toff += irel->r_addend;
6404
6405 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6406 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6407 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6408 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6409 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6410 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6411 continue;
6412
6413 roff = irel->r_offset;
6414
6415 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6416 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6417 fixup can be created at final link.
6418 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6419 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6420 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6421 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6422 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6423 continue;
6424
6425 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6426 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6427 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6428 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6429 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6430 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6431 {
6432 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6433
6434 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6435 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6436 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6437 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6438 continue;
6439 }
6440
6441 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6442 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6443 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6444 break;
6445
6446 if (f == NULL)
6447 {
6448 size_t size;
6449 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6450
6451 val = trampoff - roff;
6452 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6453 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6454 one. We'll report an error later. */
6455 continue;
6456
6457 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6458 {
6459 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6460 insn_offset = 12;
6461 }
6462 else
6463 {
6464 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6465 insn_offset = 0;
6466 }
6467 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6468 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6469 || tsec == htab->glink)
6470 {
6471 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6472 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6473 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6474 }
6475
6476 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6477 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6478 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6479 stub_rtype);
6480 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6481 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6482 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6483 irel->r_addend = 0;
6484
6485 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6486 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6487 f->next = branch_fixups;
6488 f->tsec = tsec;
6489 f->toff = toff;
6490 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6491 branch_fixups = f;
6492
6493 trampoff += size;
6494 changes++;
6495 }
6496 else
6497 {
6498 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6499 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6500 continue;
6501
6502 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6503 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6504 }
6505
6506 /* Get the section contents. */
6507 if (contents == NULL)
6508 {
6509 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6510 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6511 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6512 /* Go get them off disk. */
6513 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6514 goto error_return;
6515 }
6516
6517 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6518 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6519 switch (r_type)
6520 {
6521 case R_PPC_REL24:
6522 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6523 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6524 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6525 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6526 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6527 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6528 break;
6529
6530 case R_PPC_REL14:
6531 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6532 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6533 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6534 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6535 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6536 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6537 break;
6538 }
6539 }
6540
6541 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6542 {
6543 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6544 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6545 free (f);
6546 }
6547 }
6548
6549 workaround_change = false;
6550 newsize = trampoff;
6551 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6552 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6553 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6554 {
6555 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6556 unsigned int crossings;
6557 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6558
6559 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6560 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6561 addr &= -pagesize;
6562 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6563 if (crossings != 0)
6564 {
6565 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6566 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6567 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6568 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6569 newsize += crossings * 16;
6570 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6571 {
6572 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6573 workaround_change = true;
6574 }
6575 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6576 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6577 }
6578 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6579 }
6580
6581 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6582 {
6583 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6584 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6585 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6586 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6587 }
6588
6589 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6590 isec->size = newsize;
6591
6592 if (isymbuf != NULL
6593 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6594 {
6595 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6596 free (isymbuf);
6597 else
6598 {
6599 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6600 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6601 }
6602 }
6603
6604 if (contents != NULL
6605 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6606 {
6607 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6608 free (contents);
6609 else
6610 {
6611 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6612 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6613 }
6614 }
6615
6616 changes += picfixup_size;
6617 if (changes != 0)
6618 {
6619 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6620 information for the trampolines. */
6621 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6622 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6623 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6624 unsigned ix;
6625
6626 if (!new_relocs)
6627 goto error_return;
6628 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6629 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6630 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6631 {
6632 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6633
6634 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6635 }
6636 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6637 free (internal_relocs);
6638 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6639 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6640 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6641 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6642 }
6643 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6644 free (internal_relocs);
6645
6646 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6647 return true;
6648
6649 error_return:
6650 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6651 {
6652 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6653 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6654 free (f);
6655 }
6656 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6657 free (isymbuf);
6658 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6659 free (contents);
6660 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6661 free (internal_relocs);
6662 return false;
6663 }
6664 \f
6665 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6666 discarded sections. */
6667
6668 static unsigned int
6669 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6670 {
6671 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6672 return 0;
6673
6674 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6675 return 0;
6676
6677 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6678 }
6679 \f
6680 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6681
6682 static bfd_vma
6683 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6684 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6685 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6686 bfd_vma relocation,
6687 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6688 {
6689 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6690
6691 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6692
6693 if (h != NULL)
6694 {
6695 /* Handle global symbol. */
6696 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6697
6698 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6699 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6700 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6701 }
6702 else
6703 {
6704 /* Handle local symbol. */
6705 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6706
6707 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6708 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6709 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6710 }
6711
6712 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6713 rel->r_addend,
6714 lsect);
6715 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6716
6717 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6718 as a "written" flag. */
6719 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6720 {
6721 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6722 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6723 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6724 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6725 }
6726
6727 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6728 + lsect->section->output_offset
6729 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6730 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6731
6732 #ifdef DEBUG
6733 fprintf (stderr,
6734 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6735 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6736 #endif
6737
6738 return relocation;
6739 }
6740
6741 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6742 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6743 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6744
6745 static void
6746 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6747 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6748 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6749 {
6750 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6751 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6752 bfd_vma plt;
6753 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6754
6755 if (h != NULL
6756 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6757 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6758 {
6759 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6760 p += 4;
6761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6762 p += 4;
6763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6764 p += 4;
6765 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6766 p += 4;
6767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6768 p += 4;
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6770 p += 4;
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6772 p += 4;
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6774 p += 4;
6775 }
6776
6777 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6778 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6779 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6780
6781 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6782 {
6783 bfd_vma got = 0;
6784
6785 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6786 got = (ent->addend
6787 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6788 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6789 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6790 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6791
6792 plt -= got;
6793
6794 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6795 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6796 else
6797 {
6798 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6799 p += 4;
6800 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6801 }
6802 }
6803 else
6804 {
6805 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6806 p += 4;
6807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6808 }
6809 p += 4;
6810 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6811 p += 4;
6812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6813 p += 4;
6814 while (p < end)
6815 {
6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6817 p += 4;
6818 }
6819 }
6820
6821 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6822
6823 static bool
6824 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6825 {
6826 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6827 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6828 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6829 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6830 }
6831
6832 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6833 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6834 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6835
6836 unsigned int
6837 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6838 {
6839 unsigned int rtra;
6840
6841 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6842 return 0;
6843
6844 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6845 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6846 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6847 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6848 else
6849 return 0;
6850
6851 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6852 /* add -> addi. */
6853 insn = 14 << 26;
6854 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6855 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6856 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6857 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6858 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6859 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6860 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6861 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6862 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6863 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6864 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6865 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6866 else
6867 return 0;
6868 insn |= rtra;
6869 return insn;
6870 }
6871
6872 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6873 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6874 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6875
6876 unsigned int
6877 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6878 {
6879 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6880 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6881 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6882 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6883 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6884 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6885 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6886 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6887 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6888 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6889 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6890 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6891 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6892 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6893 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6894 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6895 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6896 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6897 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6898 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6899 {
6900 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6901 }
6902 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6903 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6904 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6905 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6906 {
6907 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6908 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6909 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6910 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6911 }
6912 else
6913 insn = 0;
6914 return insn;
6915 }
6916
6917 static bool
6918 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6919 {
6920 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6921 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6922 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6923 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6924 }
6925
6926 static bool
6927 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6928 {
6929 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6930 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6931 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6932 }
6933
6934 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6935 to handle the relocations for a section.
6936
6937 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6938 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6939 zero.
6940
6941 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6942 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6943 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6944 necessary.
6945
6946 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6947 address or the reloc symbol index.
6948
6949 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6950
6951 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6952 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6953
6954 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6955 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6956
6957 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6958 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6959 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6960 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6961 accordingly. */
6962
6963 static int
6964 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6965 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6966 bfd *input_bfd,
6967 asection *input_section,
6968 bfd_byte *contents,
6969 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6970 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6971 asection **local_sections)
6972 {
6973 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6974 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6975 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6976 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6977 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
6978 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6979 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
6980 asection *got2;
6981 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
6982 bool ret = true;
6983 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
6984 bool is_vxworks_tls;
6985 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
6986 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6987
6988 #ifdef DEBUG
6989 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6990 "%ld relocations%s",
6991 input_bfd, input_section,
6992 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
6993 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6994 #endif
6995
6996 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
6997 {
6998 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
6999 return false;
7000 }
7001
7002 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
7003
7004 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7005 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
7006 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7007
7008 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
7009 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
7010 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
7011 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
7012 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7013 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7014 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
7015 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
7016 ".tls_vars"));
7017 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7018 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7019 rel = wrel = relocs;
7020 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7021 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7022 {
7023 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7024 bfd_vma addend;
7025 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7026 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7027 asection *sec;
7028 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7029 const char *sym_name;
7030 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7031 unsigned long r_symndx;
7032 bfd_vma relocation;
7033 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7034 bool unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7035 bool warned;
7036 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7037 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7038 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7039
7040 again:
7041 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7042 sym = NULL;
7043 sec = NULL;
7044 h = NULL;
7045 unresolved_reloc = false;
7046 warned = false;
7047 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7048
7049 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7050 {
7051 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7052 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7053 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7054
7055 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7056 }
7057 else
7058 {
7059 bool ignored;
7060
7061 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7062 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7063 h, sec, relocation,
7064 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7065
7066 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7067 }
7068
7069 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7070 {
7071 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7072 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7073 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7074 howto = NULL;
7075 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7076 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7077
7078 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7079 contents, rel->r_offset);
7080 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7081 wrel->r_info = 0;
7082 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7083
7084 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7085 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7086 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7087 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7088 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7089 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7090 wrel--;
7091
7092 continue;
7093 }
7094
7095 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7096 {
7097 if (got2 != NULL
7098 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7099 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7100 {
7101 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7102 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7103 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7104 }
7105 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7106 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7107 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7108 goto copy_reloc;
7109 }
7110
7111 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7112 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7113 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7114 for the final instruction stream. */
7115 tls_mask = 0;
7116 tls_gd = 0;
7117 if (h != NULL)
7118 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7119 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7120 {
7121 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7122 char *lgot_masks;
7123 local_plt
7124 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7125 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7126 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7127 }
7128
7129 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7130 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7131 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7132 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7133 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7134 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7135 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7136 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7137 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7138 abort ();
7139 switch (r_type)
7140 {
7141 default:
7142 break;
7143
7144 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7145 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7146 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7147 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
7148 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7149 {
7150 bfd_vma insn;
7151
7152 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7153 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7154 insn &= 31 << 21;
7155 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7156 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7157 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7158 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7159 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7160 }
7161 break;
7162
7163 case R_PPC_TLS:
7164 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7165 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
7166 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7167 {
7168 bfd_vma insn;
7169
7170 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7171 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7172 if (insn == 0)
7173 abort ();
7174 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7175 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7176 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7177
7178 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7179 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7180 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7181 }
7182 break;
7183
7184 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7185 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7186 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7187 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7188 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7189 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7190 break;
7191
7192 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7193 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7194 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7195 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7196 {
7197 tls_gdld_hi:
7198 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7199 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7200 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7201 else
7202 {
7203 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7204 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7205 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7206 }
7207 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7208 }
7209 break;
7210
7211 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7212 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7213 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7214 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7215 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7216 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7217 break;
7218
7219 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7220 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7221 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7222 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7223 {
7224 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7225 bfd_vma offset;
7226
7227 tls_ldgd_opt:
7228 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7229 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7230 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7231 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7232 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7233 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7234 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7235 && rel + 1 < relend
7236 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7237 htab->tls_get_addr))
7238 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7239 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7240 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7241 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7242 intervening code. */
7243 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7244 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7245 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7246 {
7247 /* IE */
7248 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7249 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7250 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7251 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
7252 {
7253 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7254 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7255 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7256 }
7257 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7258 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7259 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7260 }
7261 else
7262 {
7263 /* LE */
7264 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7265 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7266 if (tls_gd == 0)
7267 {
7268 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7269 for (r_symndx = 0;
7270 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7271 r_symndx++)
7272 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7273 break;
7274 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7275 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7276 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7277 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7278 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7279 + sec->output_offset
7280 + sec->output_section->vma);
7281 }
7282 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7283 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7284 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7285 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
7286 {
7287 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7288 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7289 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7290 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7291 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7292 }
7293 }
7294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7295 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7296 if (tls_gd == 0)
7297 {
7298 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7299 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7300 goto again;
7301 }
7302 }
7303 break;
7304
7305 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7306 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7307 && rel + 1 < relend
7308 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7309 {
7310 unsigned int insn2;
7311 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7312
7313 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7314 {
7315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7316 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7317 break;
7318 }
7319
7320 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7321 {
7322 /* IE */
7323 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7324 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7325 }
7326 else
7327 {
7328 /* LE */
7329 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7330 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7331 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7332 }
7333 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7334 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7335 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7336 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7337 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7338 }
7339 break;
7340
7341 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7342 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7343 && rel + 1 < relend
7344 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7345 {
7346 unsigned int insn2;
7347
7348 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7349 {
7350 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7351 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7352 break;
7353 }
7354
7355 for (r_symndx = 0;
7356 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7357 r_symndx++)
7358 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7359 break;
7360 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7361 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7362 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7363 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7364 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7365 + sec->output_offset
7366 + sec->output_section->vma);
7367
7368 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7369 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7370 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7371 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7372 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7373 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7374 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7375 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7376 goto again;
7377 }
7378 break;
7379 }
7380
7381 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7382 branch_bit = 0;
7383 switch (r_type)
7384 {
7385 default:
7386 break;
7387
7388 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7389 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7390 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7391 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7392 /* Fall through. */
7393
7394 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7395 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7396 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7397 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7398 {
7399 unsigned int insn;
7400
7401 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7402 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7403 insn |= branch_bit;
7404
7405 from = (rel->r_offset
7406 + input_section->output_offset
7407 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7408
7409 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7410 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7411 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7412
7413 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7414 }
7415 break;
7416
7417 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7418 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7419 {
7420 unsigned int insn;
7421
7422 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7423 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7424 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7425 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7426 {
7427 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7428 {
7429 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7430 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7431 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7432 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7433 }
7434 }
7435 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7436 info->callbacks->einfo
7437 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7438 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7439 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7440 }
7441 break;
7442 }
7443
7444 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7445 && h != NULL
7446 && !h->def_regular
7447 && h->protected_def
7448 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7449 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7450 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7451 {
7452 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7453 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7454 unsigned int insn;
7455
7456 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
7457 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7458 {
7459 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7460 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7461 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7462 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7463 {
7464 bfd_byte *p;
7465 bfd_vma off;
7466 bfd_vma got_addr;
7467
7468 p = (contents + input_section->size
7469 - relax_info->workaround_size
7470 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7471 + picfixup_size);
7472 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7473 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7474 info->callbacks->einfo
7475 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7476 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7477
7478 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7479 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7480 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7481 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7482 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7483 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7484 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7485 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7486 insn &= ~0xffff;
7487 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7488 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7489
7490 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7491 insn &= ~0xffff;
7492 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7493 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7494 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7495 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7496
7497 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7498 picfixup_size += 12;
7499
7500 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7501 output is reasonable. */
7502 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7503 wrel++, rel++;
7504 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7505 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7506 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7507
7508 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7509 dynamic reloc. */
7510 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7511 }
7512 else
7513 _bfd_error_handler
7514 /* xgettext:c-format */
7515 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7516 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7517 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7518 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7519 }
7520 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
7521 && offset_in_range (input_section,
7522 rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7523 {
7524 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7525 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7526 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7527 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7528 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7529 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7530 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7531 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7532 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7533 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7534 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7535 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7536 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7537 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7538 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7539 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7540 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7541 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7542 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7543 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7544 {
7545 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7546 relocation = 0;
7547 unresolved_reloc = false;
7548 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7549 }
7550 else
7551 _bfd_error_handler
7552 /* xgettext:c-format */
7553 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7554 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7555 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7556 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7557 }
7558 }
7559
7560 ifunc = NULL;
7561 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
7562 {
7563 struct plt_entry *ent;
7564
7565 if (h != NULL)
7566 {
7567 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7568 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7569 }
7570 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7571 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7572 {
7573 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7574
7575 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7576 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7577 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7578 }
7579
7580 ent = NULL;
7581 if (ifunc != NULL
7582 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7583 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7584 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7585 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7586 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7587 {
7588 addend = 0;
7589 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7590 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7591 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7592 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7593 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7594 addend = rel->r_addend;
7595 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7596 }
7597 if (ent != NULL)
7598 {
7599 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7600 && ent->sec != got2
7601 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7602 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7603 || h == NULL
7604 || h->dynindx == -1))
7605 {
7606 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7607 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7608 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7609 apparently are using code compiled with
7610 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7611 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7612 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7613 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7614 into .got2). */
7615 info->callbacks->einfo
7616 /* xgettext:c-format */
7617 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7618 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7619 }
7620
7621 unresolved_reloc = false;
7622 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7623 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7624 || h == NULL
7625 || h->dynindx == -1)
7626 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7627 + htab->glink->output_offset
7628 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7629 else
7630 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7631 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7632 + ent->plt.offset);
7633 }
7634 }
7635
7636 addend = rel->r_addend;
7637 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7638 howto = NULL;
7639 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7640 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7641
7642 tls_type = 0;
7643 switch (r_type)
7644 {
7645 default:
7646 de_fault:
7647 if (howto)
7648 /* xgettext:c-format */
7649 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7650 input_bfd, howto->name);
7651 else
7652 /* xgettext:c-format */
7653 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"),
7654 input_bfd, r_type);
7655
7656 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7657 ret = false;
7658 goto copy_reloc;
7659
7660 case R_PPC_NONE:
7661 case R_PPC_TLS:
7662 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7663 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7664 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7665 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7666 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7667 goto copy_reloc;
7668
7669 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7670 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7671 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7672 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7673 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7674 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7675 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7676 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7677 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7678 goto dogot;
7679
7680 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7681 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7682 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7683 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7684 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7685 goto dogot;
7686
7687 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7688 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7689 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7690 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7691 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7692 goto dogot;
7693
7694 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7695 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7696 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7697 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7698 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7699 goto dogot;
7700
7701 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7702 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7703 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7704 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7705 tls_mask = 0;
7706 dogot:
7707 {
7708 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7709 offset table. */
7710 bfd_vma off;
7711 bfd_vma *offp;
7712 unsigned long indx;
7713
7714 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7715 abort ();
7716
7717 indx = 0;
7718 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7719 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7720 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7721 else if (h != NULL)
7722 {
7723 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7724 || h->dynindx == -1
7725 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7726 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7727 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7728 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7729 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7730 because of a version file. */
7731 ;
7732 else
7733 {
7734 indx = h->dynindx;
7735 unresolved_reloc = false;
7736 }
7737 offp = &h->got.offset;
7738 }
7739 else
7740 {
7741 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7742 abort ();
7743 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7744 }
7745
7746 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7747 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7748 processed this entry. */
7749 off = *offp;
7750 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7751 off &= ~1;
7752 else
7753 {
7754 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7755 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7756 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7757 : 0);
7758
7759 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7760 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7761 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7762 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7763 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7764
7765 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7766 Initialize them all. */
7767 do
7768 {
7769 int tls_ty = 0;
7770
7771 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7772 {
7773 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7774 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7775 }
7776 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7777 {
7778 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7779 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7780 }
7781 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7782 {
7783 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7784 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7785 }
7786 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7787 {
7788 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7789 tls_m = 0;
7790 }
7791
7792 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7793 if (indx != 0
7794 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7795 && (h == NULL
7796 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7797 && !(tls_ty != 0
7798 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7799 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))))
7800 {
7801 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7802 bfd_byte * loc;
7803
7804 if (ifunc != NULL)
7805 {
7806 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7807 if (indx == 0)
7808 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7809 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7810 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7811 }
7812 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7813 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7814 + off);
7815 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7816 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7817 {
7818 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7819 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7820 {
7821 loc = rsec->contents;
7822 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7823 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7824 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7825 &outrel, loc);
7826 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7827 outrel.r_info
7828 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7829 }
7830 }
7831 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7832 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7833 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7834 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7835 else if (indx != 0)
7836 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7837 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7838 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7839 else
7840 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7841 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7842 {
7843 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7844 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7845 {
7846 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7847 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7848 else
7849 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7850 }
7851 }
7852 loc = rsec->contents;
7853 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7854 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7855 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7856 }
7857
7858 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7859 emitting a reloc. */
7860 else
7861 {
7862 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7863
7864 if (tls_ty != 0)
7865 {
7866 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7867 value = 0;
7868 else
7869 {
7870 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7871 value = 0;
7872 else
7873 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7874 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7875 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7876 }
7877
7878 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7879 {
7880 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7881 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7882 value = 1;
7883 }
7884 }
7885 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7886 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7887 }
7888
7889 off += 4;
7890 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7891 off += 4;
7892 }
7893 while (tls_m != 0);
7894
7895 off = *offp;
7896 *offp = off | 1;
7897 }
7898
7899 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7900 abort ();
7901
7902 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7903 {
7904 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7905 {
7906 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7907 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7908 off += 8;
7909 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7910 {
7911 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7912 off += 8;
7913 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7914 {
7915 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7916 off += 4;
7917 }
7918 }
7919 }
7920 }
7921
7922 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7923 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7924 goto copy_reloc;
7925
7926 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7927 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7928 + off
7929 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7930
7931 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7932 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7933 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7934 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7935 if (addend != 0)
7936 info->callbacks->einfo
7937 /* xgettext:c-format */
7938 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7939 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7940 howto->name,
7941 sym_name);
7942 }
7943 break;
7944
7945 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7946 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7947 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7948 at a symbol not in this object. */
7949 if (unresolved_reloc)
7950 {
7951 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7952 h->root.root.string,
7953 input_bfd,
7954 input_section,
7955 rel->r_offset,
7956 true);
7957 goto copy_reloc;
7958 }
7959 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7960 {
7961 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7962 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7963 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7964 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7965 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7966 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7967 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7968 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7969 /* xgettext:c-format */
7970 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7971 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7972 h->root.root.string);
7973 }
7974 break;
7975
7976 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
7977 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
7978 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
7979 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
7980 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
7981 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7982 break;
7983
7984 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7985 object. */
7986 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
7987 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7988 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
7989 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7990 if (h != NULL
7991 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7992 && h->dynindx == -1
7993 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7994 {
7995 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7996 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7997 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7998 defined before using them. */
7999 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
8000 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8001 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
8002 if (insn != 0)
8003 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8004 break;
8005 }
8006 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8007 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8008 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8009 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8010 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8011 goto dodyn;
8012
8013 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8014 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8015 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8016 goto dodyn;
8017
8018 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8019 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8020 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8021 goto dodyn;
8022
8023 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8024 relocation = 1;
8025 addend = 0;
8026 goto dodyn;
8027
8028 case R_PPC_REL16:
8029 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8030 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8031 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8032 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8033 break;
8034
8035 case R_PPC_REL32:
8036 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8037 break;
8038 /* fall through */
8039
8040 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8041 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8042 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8043 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8044 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8045 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8046 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8047 goto dodyn;
8048
8049 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8050 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8051 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8052 case R_PPC_REL24:
8053 case R_PPC_REL14:
8054 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8055 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8056 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8057 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8058 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8059 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8060 break;
8061 /* fall through */
8062
8063 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8064 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8065 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8066 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8067 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8068 break;
8069 /* fall through */
8070
8071 dodyn:
8072 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8073 || is_vxworks_tls)
8074 break;
8075
8076 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8077 ? ((h == NULL
8078 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8079 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8080 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8081 : (h != NULL
8082 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8083 {
8084 int skip;
8085 bfd_byte *loc;
8086 asection *sreloc;
8087 long indx = 0;
8088
8089 #ifdef DEBUG
8090 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8091 "create relocation for %s\n",
8092 (h && h->root.root.string
8093 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8094 #endif
8095
8096 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8097 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8098 time. */
8099 skip = 0;
8100 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8101 input_section,
8102 rel->r_offset);
8103 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8104 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8105 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8106 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8107 + input_section->output_offset);
8108
8109 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8110 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8111 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8112 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8113 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8114 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8115 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8116
8117 if (skip)
8118 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8119 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8120 {
8121 indx = h->dynindx;
8122 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8123 unresolved_reloc = false;
8124 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8125 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8126 }
8127 else
8128 {
8129 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8130
8131 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8132 {
8133 if (ifunc != NULL)
8134 {
8135 /* If we get here when building a static
8136 executable, then the libc startup function
8137 responsible for applying indirect function
8138 relocations is going to complain about
8139 the reloc type.
8140 If we get here when building a dynamic
8141 executable, it will be because we have
8142 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8143 will set the text segment writable and
8144 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8145 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8146 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8147 info->callbacks->einfo
8148 /* xgettext:c-format */
8149 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8150 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8151 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8152 howto->name,
8153 sym_name);
8154 ret = false;
8155 }
8156 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8157 ;
8158 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8159 {
8160 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8161 ret = false;
8162 }
8163 else
8164 {
8165 asection *osec;
8166
8167 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8168 against a section symbol. It would be
8169 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8170 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8171 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8172 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8173 osec = sec->output_section;
8174 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8175 {
8176 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8177 indx = 0;
8178 }
8179 else
8180 {
8181 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8182 if (indx == 0)
8183 {
8184 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8185 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8186 }
8187 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8188 }
8189
8190 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8191 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8192 addend for them. */
8193 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8194 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8195 }
8196
8197 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8198 }
8199 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8200 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8201 else
8202 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8203 }
8204
8205 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8206 if (ifunc)
8207 {
8208 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8209 if (indx == 0)
8210 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8211 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8212 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8213 }
8214 if (sreloc == NULL)
8215 return false;
8216
8217 loc = sreloc->contents;
8218 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8219 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
8220
8221 if (skip == -1)
8222 goto copy_reloc;
8223
8224 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8225 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8226 if (!skip)
8227 {
8228 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8229 addend = 0;
8230 break;
8231 }
8232 }
8233 break;
8234
8235 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8236 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8237 if (h != NULL)
8238 {
8239 struct plt_entry *ent;
8240 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8241
8242 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8243 {
8244 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8245 got2_addend = addend;
8246 addend = 0;
8247 }
8248 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8249 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8250 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8251 + htab->glink->output_offset
8252 + ent->glink_offset);
8253 else
8254 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8255 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8256 + ent->plt.offset);
8257 }
8258 /* Fall through. */
8259
8260 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8261 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8262 ? offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - 12,
8263 ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) * 4)
8264 : offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset,
8265 ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry) * 4))
8266 {
8267 const int *stub;
8268 size_t size;
8269 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8270 unsigned int insn;
8271
8272 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8273 {
8274 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8275 + input_section->output_offset
8276 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8277 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8278 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8279 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8280 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8281 stub += 3;
8282 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8283 }
8284 else
8285 {
8286 stub = stub_entry;
8287 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8288 }
8289
8290 relocation += addend;
8291 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8292 relocation = 0;
8293
8294 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8295 insn = *stub++;
8296 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8298 insn_offset += 4;
8299
8300 insn = *stub++;
8301 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8302 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8303 insn_offset += 4;
8304 size -= 2;
8305
8306 while (size != 0)
8307 {
8308 insn = *stub++;
8309 --size;
8310 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8311 insn_offset += 4;
8312 }
8313
8314 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8315 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8316 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8317 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8318 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8319 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8320 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8321 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8322 wrel++, rel++;
8323 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8324 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8325 }
8326 else
8327 goto de_fault;
8328 continue;
8329
8330 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8331 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8332 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8333 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8334 {
8335 unresolved_reloc = true;
8336 break;
8337 }
8338 relocation
8339 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8340 h, relocation, rel);
8341 addend = 0;
8342 break;
8343
8344 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8345 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8346 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8347 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8348 {
8349 unresolved_reloc = true;
8350 break;
8351 }
8352 relocation
8353 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8354 h, relocation, rel);
8355 addend = 0;
8356 break;
8357
8358 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8359 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8360 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8361 AIX .toc section. */
8362 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8363 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8364 {
8365 unresolved_reloc = true;
8366 break;
8367 }
8368 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8369 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8370
8371 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8372 break;
8373
8374 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8375 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8376 {
8377 struct plt_entry *ent;
8378
8379 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8380 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8381 if (ent == NULL
8382 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8383 {
8384 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8385 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8386 using -Bsymbolic. */
8387 }
8388 else
8389 {
8390 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8391 procedure linkage table. */
8392 unresolved_reloc = false;
8393 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8394 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8395 + htab->glink->output_offset
8396 + ent->glink_offset);
8397 else
8398 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8399 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8400 + ent->plt.offset);
8401 }
8402 }
8403
8404 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8405 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8406 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8407 addend = 0;
8408 break;
8409
8410 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8411 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8412 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8413 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8414 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8415 plt_list = NULL;
8416 if (h != NULL)
8417 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8418 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8419 plt_list = ifunc;
8420 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8421 {
8422 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8423 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8424 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8425 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8426 }
8427 unresolved_reloc = true;
8428 if (plt_list != NULL)
8429 {
8430 struct plt_entry *ent;
8431
8432 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8433 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8434 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8435 {
8436 asection *plt;
8437
8438 unresolved_reloc = false;
8439 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8440 if (use_local_plt (info, h))
8441 {
8442 if (ifunc != NULL)
8443 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8444 else
8445 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8446 }
8447 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8448 + plt->output_offset
8449 + ent->plt.offset);
8450 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8451 {
8452 bfd_vma got = 0;
8453
8454 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8455 got = (ent->addend
8456 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8457 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8458 else
8459 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8460 relocation -= got;
8461 }
8462 }
8463 }
8464 addend = 0;
8465 break;
8466
8467 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8468 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8469 {
8470 const char *name;
8471 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8472
8473 if (sec == NULL
8474 || sec->output_section == NULL
8475 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8476 {
8477 unresolved_reloc = true;
8478 break;
8479 }
8480 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8481
8482 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8483 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8484 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8485 {
8486 _bfd_error_handler
8487 /* xgettext:c-format */
8488 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8489 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8490 input_bfd,
8491 sym_name,
8492 howto->name,
8493 name);
8494 }
8495 }
8496 break;
8497
8498 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8499 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8500 {
8501 const char *name;
8502 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8503
8504 if (sec == NULL
8505 || sec->output_section == NULL
8506 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8507 {
8508 unresolved_reloc = true;
8509 break;
8510 }
8511 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8512
8513 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8514 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8515 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8516 {
8517 _bfd_error_handler
8518 /* xgettext:c-format */
8519 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8520 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8521 input_bfd,
8522 sym_name,
8523 howto->name,
8524 name);
8525 }
8526 }
8527 break;
8528
8529 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8530 relocation = relocation + addend;
8531 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8532 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8533 split16a_type,
8534 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8535 goto report_reloc;
8536
8537 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8538 relocation = relocation + addend;
8539 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8540 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8541 split16d_type,
8542 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8543 goto report_reloc;
8544
8545 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8546 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8547 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8548 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8549 split16a_type,
8550 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8551 goto report_reloc;
8552
8553 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8554 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8555 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8556 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8557 split16d_type,
8558 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8559 goto report_reloc;
8560
8561 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8562 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8563 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8564 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8565 split16a_type,
8566 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8567 goto report_reloc;
8568
8569 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8570 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8571 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8572 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8573 split16d_type,
8574 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8575 goto report_reloc;
8576
8577 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8578 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8579 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8580 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8581 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8582 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8583 {
8584 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8585 goto report_reloc;
8586 }
8587 else
8588 {
8589 const char *name;
8590 int reg;
8591 unsigned int insn;
8592 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8593
8594 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8595 {
8596 unresolved_reloc = true;
8597 break;
8598 }
8599
8600 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8601 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8602 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8603 {
8604 reg = 13;
8605 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8606 }
8607 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8608 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8609 {
8610 reg = 2;
8611 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8612 }
8613 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8614 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8615 {
8616 reg = 0;
8617 }
8618 else
8619 {
8620 _bfd_error_handler
8621 /* xgettext:c-format */
8622 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8623 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8624 input_bfd,
8625 sym_name,
8626 howto->name,
8627 name);
8628
8629 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8630 ret = false;
8631 goto copy_reloc;
8632 }
8633
8634 if (sda != NULL)
8635 {
8636 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8637 {
8638 unresolved_reloc = true;
8639 break;
8640 }
8641 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8642 }
8643
8644 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8645 break;
8646
8647 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8648 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8649 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8650 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8651 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8652 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8653 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8654 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8655 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8656
8657 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8658 if (reg == 0
8659 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8660 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8661 {
8662 relocation = relocation + addend;
8663 addend = 0;
8664
8665 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8666 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8667 insn |= 28u << 26;
8668
8669 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8670 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8671 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8672 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8673 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8674 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8675 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8676
8677 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8678
8679 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8680 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8681 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8682 r = bfd_reloc_overflow;
8683 goto report_reloc;
8684 }
8685 /* Fill in register field. */
8686 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8687 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8688 }
8689 break;
8690
8691 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8692 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8693 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8694 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8695 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8696 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8697 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8698 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8699 else
8700 {
8701 bfd_vma value;
8702 const char *name;
8703 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8704
8705 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8706 {
8707 unresolved_reloc = true;
8708 break;
8709 }
8710
8711 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8712 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8713 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8714 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8715 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8716 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8717 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8718 else
8719 {
8720 _bfd_error_handler
8721 /* xgettext:c-format */
8722 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8723 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8724 input_bfd,
8725 sym_name,
8726 howto->name,
8727 name);
8728
8729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8730 ret = false;
8731 goto copy_reloc;
8732 }
8733
8734 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8735 {
8736 unresolved_reloc = true;
8737 break;
8738 }
8739 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8740
8741 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8742 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8743 rel->r_offset,
8744 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8745 split16a_type,
8746 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8747 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8748 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8749 rel->r_offset,
8750 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8751 split16d_type,
8752 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8753 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8754 {
8755 value = value >> 16;
8756 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8757 rel->r_offset,
8758 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8759 split16a_type,
8760 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8761 }
8762 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8763 {
8764 value = value >> 16;
8765 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8766 rel->r_offset,
8767 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8768 split16d_type,
8769 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8770 }
8771 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8772 {
8773 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8774 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8775 rel->r_offset,
8776 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8777 split16a_type,
8778 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8779 }
8780 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8781 {
8782 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8783 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8784 rel->r_offset,
8785 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8786 split16d_type,
8787 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8788 }
8789 else
8790 abort ();
8791 }
8792 goto report_reloc;
8793
8794 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8795 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8796 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8797 else
8798 {
8799 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset,
8800 relocation);
8801 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8802 }
8803 goto report_reloc;
8804
8805 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8806 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8807 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8808 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8809 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8810 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8811 {
8812 unresolved_reloc = true;
8813 break;
8814 }
8815 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8816 break;
8817
8818 /* Negative relocations. */
8819 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8820 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8821 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8822 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8823 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8824 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8825 break;
8826
8827 case R_PPC_COPY:
8828 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8829 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8830 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8831 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8832 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8833 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8834 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8835 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8836 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8837 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8838 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8839 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8840 /* xgettext:c-format */
8841 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8842 input_bfd, howto->name);
8843
8844 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8845 ret = false;
8846 goto copy_reloc;
8847 }
8848
8849 switch (r_type)
8850 {
8851 default:
8852 break;
8853
8854 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8855 if (htab->do_tls_opt
8856 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
8857 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8858
8859 {
8860 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8861 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8862 }
8863 break;
8864
8865 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8866 if (htab->do_tls_opt
8867 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
8868 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8869 {
8870 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8871 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8872 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
8873 insn |= 2 << 16;
8874 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8875 }
8876 break;
8877 }
8878
8879 switch (r_type)
8880 {
8881 default:
8882 break;
8883
8884 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8885 if (unresolved_reloc)
8886 {
8887 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8888 {
8889 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8890 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8891 insn &= 1;
8892 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8893 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8894 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8895 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8896 }
8897 }
8898 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8899 info->callbacks->einfo
8900 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8901 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8902 howto->name);
8903 break;
8904
8905 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8906 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8907 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8908 if (unresolved_reloc)
8909 {
8910 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8911 {
8912 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8913 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8914 unresolved_reloc = false;
8915 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8916 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8917 }
8918 }
8919 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8920 info->callbacks->einfo
8921 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8922 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8923 howto->name);
8924 break;
8925 }
8926
8927 /* Do any further special processing. */
8928 switch (r_type)
8929 {
8930 default:
8931 break;
8932
8933 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8934 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8935 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8936 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8937 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8938 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8939 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8940 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8941 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8942 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8943 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8944 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8945 if (sec == NULL)
8946 break;
8947 /* Fall through. */
8948
8949 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8950 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8951 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8952 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8953 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8954 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8955 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8956 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8957 addend += 0x8000;
8958 break;
8959
8960 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8961 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8962 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8963 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8964 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8965 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8966 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8967 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8968 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8969 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8970 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8971 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8972 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8973 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8974 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8975 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8976 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8977 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8978 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8979 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
8980 {
8981 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8982 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8983 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8984 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
8985
8986 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
8987 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
8988 mask = 0;
8989 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
8990 mask = 3;
8991 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
8992 mask = 15;
8993 else
8994 break;
8995 relocation += addend;
8996 addend = insn & mask;
8997 lobit = mask & relocation;
8998 if (lobit != 0)
8999 {
9000 relocation ^= lobit;
9001 info->callbacks->einfo
9002 /* xgettext:c-format */
9003 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
9004 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9005 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
9006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9007 ret = false;
9008 }
9009 }
9010 break;
9011 }
9012
9013 #ifdef DEBUG
9014 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
9015 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
9016 howto->name,
9017 (int) r_type,
9018 sym_name,
9019 r_symndx,
9020 (long) rel->r_offset,
9021 (long) addend);
9022 #endif
9023
9024 if (unresolved_reloc
9025 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
9026 && h->def_dynamic)
9027 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
9028 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
9029 {
9030 info->callbacks->einfo
9031 /* xgettext:c-format */
9032 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
9033 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9034 howto->name,
9035 sym_name);
9036 ret = false;
9037 }
9038
9039 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
9040 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9041 have different reloc types. */
9042 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
9043 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
9044 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
9045 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
9046 {
9047 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
9048
9049 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
9050 {
9051 unsigned int insn;
9052
9053 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
9054 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9055 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
9056 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9057 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9058 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9059 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
9060 }
9061 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
9062 {
9063 alt_howto = *howto;
9064 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
9065 howto = &alt_howto;
9066 }
9067 }
9068
9069 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
9070 {
9071 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9072 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
9073 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
9074 else
9075 {
9076 unsigned int insn;
9077
9078 relocation += addend;
9079 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
9080 + input_section->output_offset
9081 + input_section->output_section->vma);
9082 relocation >>= 16;
9083 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9084 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9085 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9086 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9087 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9088 }
9089 }
9090 else
9091 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9092 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9093
9094 report_reloc:
9095 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9096 {
9097 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9098 {
9099 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9100 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9101 if (!warned
9102 && !(h != NULL
9103 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9104 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9105 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9106 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9107 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9108 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9109 }
9110 else
9111 {
9112 info->callbacks->einfo
9113 /* xgettext:c-format */
9114 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9115 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9116 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9117 ret = false;
9118 }
9119 }
9120 copy_reloc:
9121 if (wrel != rel)
9122 *wrel = *rel;
9123 }
9124
9125 if (wrel != rel)
9126 {
9127 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9128 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9129
9130 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9131 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9132 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9133 {
9134 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9135 one NONE reloc.
9136 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9137 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9138 deleted -= 1;
9139 wrel++;
9140 }
9141 relend = wrel;
9142 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9143 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9144 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9145 }
9146
9147 #ifdef DEBUG
9148 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9149 #endif
9150
9151 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9152 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9153 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9154 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9155 {
9156 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9157 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9158 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9159 }
9160
9161 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9162 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9163 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9164 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9165 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9166 {
9167 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9168 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9169
9170 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9171 {
9172 bfd_byte *p;
9173 unsigned int n;
9174 bfd_byte fill[4];
9175
9176 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9177 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9178 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9179 while (n--)
9180 {
9181 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9182 p += 4;
9183 }
9184 }
9185
9186 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9187 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9188 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9189 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9190 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9191
9192 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9193 + input_section->output_offset);
9194 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9195 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9196 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9197 addr < end_addr;
9198 addr += pagesize)
9199 {
9200 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9201 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9202 bool is_data;
9203 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9204 unsigned int insn;
9205
9206 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9207 the word alone. */
9208 is_data = false;
9209 lo = relocs;
9210 hi = relend;
9211 rel = NULL;
9212 while (lo < hi)
9213 {
9214 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9215 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9216 lo = rel + 1;
9217 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9218 hi = rel;
9219 else
9220 {
9221 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9222 {
9223 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9224 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9225 case R_PPC_REL32:
9226 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9227 is_data = true;
9228 break;
9229 default:
9230 break;
9231 }
9232 break;
9233 }
9234 }
9235 if (is_data)
9236 continue;
9237
9238 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9239 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9240 avoid the icache failure.
9241
9242 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9243 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9244 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9245 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9246 unconditional branches:
9247 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9248 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9249 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9250 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9251 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9252 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9253 instruction is not executed.
9254
9255 A bctr example:
9256 .
9257 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9258 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9259 . mtctr 9
9260 . bctr
9261 . nop
9262 . nop
9263 . new_page:
9264 .
9265 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9266 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9267 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9268 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9269 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9270 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9271 place:
9272 .
9273 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9274 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9275 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9276 . bctr bctr
9277 . nop b somewhere_else
9278 . b somewhere_else nop
9279 . new_page: new_page:
9280 . */
9281 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9282 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9283 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9284 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9285 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9286 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9287 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9288 continue;
9289
9290 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9291 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9292 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9293 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9295
9296 if (rel != NULL
9297 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9298 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9299 {
9300 asection *sreloc;
9301
9302 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9303 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9304 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9305 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9306 {
9307 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9308
9309 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9310 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9311 relend[-1] = tmp;
9312 }
9313 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9314
9315 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9316 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9317 {
9318 case R_PPC_REL16:
9319 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9320 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9321 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9322 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9323 break;
9324 default:
9325 break;
9326 }
9327
9328 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9329 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9330 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9331 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9332 if (sreloc != NULL)
9333 {
9334 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9335 bfd_vma soffset;
9336
9337 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9338 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9339 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9340 + input_section->output_offset);
9341 while (slo < shi)
9342 {
9343 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9344 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9345 &outrel);
9346 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9347 slo = srel + 1;
9348 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9349 shi = srel;
9350 else
9351 {
9352 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9353 {
9354 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9355 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9356 srel = srelend - 1;
9357 }
9358 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9359 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9360 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9361 break;
9362 }
9363 }
9364 }
9365 }
9366 else
9367 rel = NULL;
9368
9369 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9370 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9371 {
9372 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9373
9374 delta += offset - patch_off;
9375 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9376 delta = 0;
9377 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9378 {
9379 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9380
9381 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9382 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9383 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9384 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9385 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9386 else
9387 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9388
9389 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9390 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9391 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9392 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9393 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9394 }
9395 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9396 {
9397 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9398 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9399 contents + patch_off);
9400 patch_off += 4;
9401 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9402 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9403 contents + patch_off);
9404 patch_off += 4;
9405 }
9406 else
9407 {
9408 if (rel != NULL)
9409 {
9410 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9411
9412 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9413 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9414 }
9415 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9416 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9417 contents + patch_off);
9418 patch_off += 4;
9419 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9420 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9421 contents + patch_off);
9422 patch_off += 4;
9423 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9424 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9425 contents + patch_off);
9426 patch_off += 4;
9427 }
9428 }
9429 else
9430 {
9431 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9432 patch_off += 4;
9433 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9434 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9435 contents + patch_off);
9436 patch_off += 4;
9437 }
9438 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9439 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9440 }
9441 }
9442
9443 return ret;
9444 }
9445 \f
9446 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9447
9448 static bool
9449 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9450 {
9451 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9452 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9453 struct plt_entry *ent;
9454 bool doneone;
9455
9456 doneone = false;
9457 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9458 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9459 {
9460 bool dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
9461
9462 if (!doneone)
9463 {
9464 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9465 bfd_byte *loc;
9466 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9467 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9468 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9469
9470 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9471 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9472 else
9473 {
9474 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9475 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9476 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9477 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9478 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9479 }
9480
9481 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9482 Set it up. */
9483 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS && dyn)
9484 {
9485 bfd_vma got_offset;
9486 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9487
9488 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9489 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9490
9491 /* Use the right PLT. */
9492 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9493 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9494
9495 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9496 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9497 {
9498 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9499 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9500 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9501 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9502 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9503 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9504 }
9505 else
9506 {
9507 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9508
9509 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9510 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9511 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9512 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9513 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9514 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9515 }
9516
9517 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9518 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9519 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9520 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9521
9522 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9523 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9524 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9525 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9526 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9527 prescaled offset. */
9528 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9529 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9530 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9531 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9532 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9533 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9534 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9535 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9536 offset. */
9537 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9538 (plt_entry[5]
9539 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9540 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9541 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9542 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9543 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9544 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9545
9546 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9547 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9548 in this PLT entry. */
9549 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9550 + plt->output_offset
9551 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9552 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9553
9554 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9555 {
9556 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9557 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9558 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9559 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9560 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9561
9562 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9563 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9564 + plt->output_offset
9565 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9566 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9567 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9568 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9569 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9570 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9571
9572 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9573 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9574 + plt->output_offset
9575 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9576 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9577 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9578 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9579 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9580 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9581
9582 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9583 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9584 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9585 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9586 + got_offset);
9587 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9588 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9589 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9590 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9591 }
9592
9593 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9594 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9595 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9596 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9597 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9598 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9599 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9600 + got_offset);
9601 rela.r_addend = 0;
9602 }
9603 else
9604 {
9605 rela.r_addend = 0;
9606 if (!dyn)
9607 {
9608 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9609 {
9610 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9611 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9612 }
9613 else
9614 {
9615 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9616 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9617 }
9618 if (h->def_regular
9619 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9620 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9621 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9622 }
9623
9624 if (relplt == NULL)
9625 {
9626 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9627 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9628 }
9629 else
9630 {
9631 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9632 + plt->output_offset
9633 + ent->plt.offset);
9634
9635 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD || !dyn)
9636 {
9637 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9638 linker will fill it in. */
9639 }
9640 else
9641 {
9642 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9643 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9644 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9645 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9646 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9647 }
9648 }
9649 }
9650
9651 if (relplt != NULL)
9652 {
9653 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9654 if (!dyn)
9655 {
9656 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9657 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9658 else
9659 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9660 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9661 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9662 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9663 }
9664 else
9665 {
9666 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9667 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9668 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9669 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9670 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9671 }
9672 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9673 }
9674 doneone = true;
9675 }
9676
9677 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9678 {
9679 unsigned char *p;
9680 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9681
9682 if (!dyn)
9683 {
9684 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9685 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9686 else
9687 break;
9688 }
9689
9690 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9691 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9692
9693 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9694 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9695 break;
9696 }
9697 else
9698 break;
9699 }
9700 return true;
9701 }
9702
9703 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9704
9705 bool
9706 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9707 {
9708 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9709 bfd *ibfd;
9710
9711 if (!htab)
9712 return true;
9713
9714 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9715
9716 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9717 {
9718 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9719 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9720 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9721 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9722 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9723 struct plt_entry *ent;
9724
9725 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9726 continue;
9727
9728 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9729 if (!local_got)
9730 continue;
9731
9732 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9733 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9734 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9735 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9736 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9737 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9738 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9739 {
9740 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9741 {
9742 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9743 asection *sym_sec;
9744 asection *plt, *relplt;
9745 bfd_byte *loc;
9746 bfd_vma val;
9747 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9748 unsigned char *p;
9749
9750 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9751 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9752 {
9753 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9754 free (local_syms);
9755 return false;
9756 }
9757
9758 val = sym->st_value;
9759 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9760 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9761
9762 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9763 {
9764 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9765 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9766 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9767 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9768 }
9769 else
9770 {
9771 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9772 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9773 {
9774 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9775 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9776 }
9777 else
9778 {
9779 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9780 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9781 continue;
9782 }
9783 }
9784
9785 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9786 + plt->output_offset
9787 + plt->output_section->vma);
9788 rela.r_addend = val;
9789 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9790 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9791 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9792
9793 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9794 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9795 }
9796 }
9797
9798 if (local_syms != NULL
9799 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9800 {
9801 if (!info->keep_memory)
9802 free (local_syms);
9803 else
9804 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9805 }
9806 }
9807 return true;
9808 }
9809
9810 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9811 dynamic sections here. */
9812
9813 static bool
9814 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9815 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9816 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9817 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9818 {
9819 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9820 struct plt_entry *ent;
9821
9822 #ifdef DEBUG
9823 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9824 h->root.root.string);
9825 #endif
9826
9827 if (!h->def_regular
9828 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9829 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9830 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9831 {
9832 if (!h->def_regular)
9833 {
9834 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9835 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9836 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9837 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9838 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9839 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9840 to zero. */
9841 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9842 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9843 sym->st_value = 0;
9844 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9845 {
9846 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9847 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9848 function pointer. */
9849 sym->st_value = 0;
9850 }
9851 }
9852 else
9853 {
9854 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9855 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9856 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9857 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9858 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9859 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9860 relocation. */
9861 sym->st_shndx
9862 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9863 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9864 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9865 + htab->glink->output_offset
9866 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9867 }
9868 break;
9869 }
9870
9871 if (h->needs_copy)
9872 {
9873 asection *s;
9874 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9875 bfd_byte *loc;
9876
9877 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9878
9879 #ifdef DEBUG
9880 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9881 #endif
9882
9883 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9884
9885 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9886 s = htab->relsbss;
9887 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9888 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9889 else
9890 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9891 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9892
9893 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9894 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9895 rela.r_addend = 0;
9896 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9897 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9898 }
9899
9900 #ifdef DEBUG
9901 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9902 #endif
9903
9904 return true;
9905 }
9906 \f
9907 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9908 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9909 const asection *rel_sec,
9910 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9911 {
9912 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9913
9914 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9915 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9916
9917 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9918 {
9919 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9920 return reloc_class_relative;
9921 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9922 return reloc_class_plt;
9923 case R_PPC_COPY:
9924 return reloc_class_copy;
9925 default:
9926 return reloc_class_normal;
9927 }
9928 }
9929 \f
9930 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9931
9932 static bool
9933 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9934 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9935 {
9936 asection *sdyn;
9937 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9938 bfd_vma got;
9939 bfd *dynobj;
9940 bool ret = true;
9941
9942 #ifdef DEBUG
9943 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9944 #endif
9945
9946 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9947 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9948 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9949
9950 got = 0;
9951 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9952 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9953
9954 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9955 {
9956 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9957
9958 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9959
9960 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9961 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9962 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9963 {
9964 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9965 asection *s;
9966
9967 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9968
9969 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9970 {
9971 case DT_PLTGOT:
9972 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
9973 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9974 else
9975 s = htab->elf.splt;
9976 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9977 break;
9978
9979 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9980 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9981 break;
9982
9983 case DT_JMPREL:
9984 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
9985 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9986 break;
9987
9988 case DT_PPC_GOT:
9989 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
9990 break;
9991
9992 case DT_TEXTREL:
9993 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
9994 info->callbacks->einfo
9995 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9996 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9997 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
9998 info->callbacks->einfo
9999 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10000 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10001 continue;
10002
10003 default:
10004 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
10005 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10006 break;
10007 continue;
10008 }
10009
10010 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
10011 }
10012 }
10013
10014 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
10015 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10016 {
10017 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
10018 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
10019 {
10020 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
10021
10022 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
10023 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
10024 {
10025 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
10026 so that a function can easily find the address of
10027 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10028 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
10029 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10030 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
10031 }
10032
10033 if (sdyn != NULL)
10034 {
10035 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
10036 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
10037 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
10039 }
10040 }
10041 else
10042 {
10043 /* xgettext:c-format */
10044 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10045 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
10046 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
10047 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
10048 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
10049 ret = false;
10050 }
10051
10052 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
10053 }
10054
10055 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10056 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
10057 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
10058 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
10059 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10060 {
10061 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
10062 /* Use the right PLT. */
10063 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
10064 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10065 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
10066
10067 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
10068 {
10069 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
10070
10071 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
10072 splt->contents + 0);
10073 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
10074 splt->contents + 4);
10075 }
10076 else
10077 {
10078 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10079 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10080 }
10081 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10082 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10083 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10084 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10085 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10086 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10087
10088 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10089 {
10090 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10091 bfd_byte *loc;
10092
10093 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10094
10095 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10096 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10097 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10098 + 2);
10099 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10100 rela.r_addend = 0;
10101 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10102 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10103
10104 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10105 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10106 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10107 + 6);
10108 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10109 rela.r_addend = 0;
10110 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10111 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10112
10113 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10114 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10115 in which symbols were output. */
10116 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10117 {
10118 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10119
10120 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10121 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10122 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10123 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10124
10125 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10126 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10127 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10128 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10129
10130 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10131 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10132 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10133 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10134 }
10135 }
10136 }
10137
10138 if (htab->glink != NULL
10139 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10140 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10141 {
10142 unsigned char *p;
10143 unsigned char *endp;
10144 bfd_vma res0;
10145
10146 /*
10147 * PIC glink code is the following:
10148 *
10149 * # ith PLT code stub.
10150 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10151 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10152 * mtctr 11
10153 * bctr
10154 *
10155 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10156 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10157 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10158 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10159 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10160 * .
10161 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10162 * res_n_m3: nop
10163 * res_n_m2: nop
10164 * res_n_m1:
10165 *
10166 * PLTresolve:
10167 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10168 * mflr 0
10169 * bcl 20,31,1f
10170 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10171 * mflr 12
10172 * mtlr 0
10173 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10174 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10175 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10176 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10177 * mtctr 0
10178 * add 0,11,11
10179 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10180 * bctr
10181 *
10182 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10183 *
10184 * # ith PLT code stub.
10185 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10186 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10187 * mtctr 11
10188 * bctr
10189 *
10190 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10191 *
10192 * PLTresolve:
10193 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10194 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10195 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10196 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10197 * mtctr 0
10198 * add 0,11,11
10199 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10200 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10201 * bctr
10202 */
10203
10204 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10205 and perhaps some padding. */
10206 p = htab->glink->contents;
10207 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10208 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10209 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10210 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10211 {
10212 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10213 p += 4;
10214 }
10215 while (p < endp)
10216 {
10217 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10218 p += 4;
10219 }
10220
10221 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10222 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10223 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10224
10225 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10226 {
10227 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10228 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10229 glink branch table. */
10230 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10231 bfd_vma page_addr;
10232 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10233 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10234
10235 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10236 page_addr > glink_start;
10237 page_addr -= pagesize)
10238 {
10239 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10240 bfd_byte *loc;
10241 unsigned int insn;
10242
10243 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10244 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10245 if (insn == BCTR)
10246 {
10247 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10248 one other call stub before this one. */
10249 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10250 if (insn == BCTR)
10251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10252 else
10253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10254 }
10255 }
10256 }
10257
10258 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10259 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10260 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10261 {
10262 bfd_vma bcl;
10263
10264 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10265 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10266 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10267
10268 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10269 p += 4;
10270 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10271 p += 4;
10272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10273 p += 4;
10274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10275 p += 4;
10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10277 p += 4;
10278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10279 p += 4;
10280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10281 p += 4;
10282 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10283 p += 4;
10284 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10285 {
10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10287 p += 4;
10288 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10289 p += 4;
10290 }
10291 else
10292 {
10293 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10294 p += 4;
10295 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10296 p += 4;
10297 }
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10299 p += 4;
10300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10301 }
10302 else
10303 {
10304 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10305 p += 4;
10306 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10307 p += 4;
10308 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10310 else
10311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10312 p += 4;
10313 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10314 p += 4;
10315 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10316 p += 4;
10317 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10318 p += 4;
10319 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10320 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10321 else
10322 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10323 }
10324 p += 4;
10325 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10326 p += 4;
10327 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10328 p += 4;
10329 while (p < endp)
10330 {
10331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10332 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10333 p += 4;
10334 }
10335 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10336 }
10337
10338 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10339 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10340 {
10341 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10342 bfd_vma val;
10343
10344 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10345 /* FDE length. */
10346 p += 4;
10347 /* CIE pointer. */
10348 p += 4;
10349 /* Offset to .glink. */
10350 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10351 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10352 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10353 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10354 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10355 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10356
10357 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10358 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10359 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10360 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10361 return false;
10362 }
10363
10364 return ret;
10365 }
10366 \f
10367 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10368 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10369 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10370 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10371 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10372 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10373 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10374 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10375 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10376 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10377 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10378
10379 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10380 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10381 #endif
10382
10383 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10384 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10385 #endif
10386
10387 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10388 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10389 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10390 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10391 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10392 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10393
10394 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10395 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10396 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10397 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10398 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10399 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10400 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10401 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10402
10403 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10404 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10405 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10406 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10407 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10408 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10409 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10410 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10411 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10412 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10413 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10414 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10415 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10416 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10417 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10418 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10419 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10420 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10421 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10422 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10423 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10424 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10425 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10426 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10427 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10428 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10429 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10430 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10431 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10432
10433 #include "elf32-target.h"
10434
10435 /* FreeBSD Target */
10436
10437 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10438 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10439
10440 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10441 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10442 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10443 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10444
10445 #undef ELF_OSABI
10446 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10447
10448 #undef elf32_bed
10449 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10450
10451 #include "elf32-target.h"
10452
10453 /* VxWorks Target */
10454
10455 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10456 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10457
10458 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10459 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10460 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10461 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10462
10463 #undef ELF_OSABI
10464
10465 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10466 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10467
10468 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10469 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
10470 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10471 {
10472 if (sec->name == NULL)
10473 return NULL;
10474
10475 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10476 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10477
10478 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10479 }
10480
10481 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10482 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10483 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10484 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10485 {
10486 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10487
10488 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10489 if (ret)
10490 {
10491 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10492 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10493 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10494 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10495 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10496 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10497 }
10498 return ret;
10499 }
10500
10501 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10502 static bool
10503 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10504 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10505 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10506 const char **namep,
10507 flagword *flagsp,
10508 asection **secp,
10509 bfd_vma *valp)
10510 {
10511 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10512 valp))
10513 return false;
10514
10515 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10516 }
10517
10518 static bool
10519 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10520 {
10521 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10522 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10523 }
10524
10525 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10526 define it. */
10527 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10528 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10529 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10530 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10531 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10532 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10533 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10534 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10535 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10536 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10537 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10538 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10539 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10540 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10541
10542 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10543
10544 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10545 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10546 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10547 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10548 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10549 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10550 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10551 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10552 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10553 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10554 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10555 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10556 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10557 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10558 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10559 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10560 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10561 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10562
10563 #undef elf32_bed
10564 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10565
10566 #include "elf32-target.h"